Volume 6 1000509760 Catalog

1000394975-Catalog 1000394975-Catalog 1000394975-Catalog B5 unilog cesco-content

2016-09-04

: Pdf 1000509760-Catalog 1000509760-Catalog B4 unilog

Open the PDF directly: View PDF .
Page Count: 498 [warning: Documents this large are best viewed by clicking the View PDF Link!]

Electrical Sector Solutions

Volume 6:

Solid-State

Motor Control

Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial

Volume 2—Commercial Distribution

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

Volume 4—Circuit Protection

Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection

Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control

Tab 1—Reduced Voltage Motor Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-1

Tab 2—Adjustable Frequency Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-1

Appendix 1—Eaton Terms & Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-A1-1

Appendix 2—Catalog Parent Number Index . . . . . . . . . . . V6-A2-1

Appendix 3—Alphabetical Product Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-A3-1

Volume 7—Logic Control, Operator Interface

and Connectivity Solutions

Dimensions, Weights and Ratings

Dimensions, weights and ratings given in this catalog are approximate and should not

be used for construction purposes. Drawings containing exact dimensions are available

upon request. All listed product specications and ratings are subject to change without

notice. Photographs are representative of production units.

Terms and Conditions

All prices and discounts are subject to change without notice. When price changes

occur, they are published in Eaton’s Price and Availability Digest (PAD). All orders

accepted by Eaton’s Electrical Sector are subject to the general terms and conditions

as set forth in Appendix 1—Eaton Terms & Conditions.

Technical and Descriptive Publications

This catalog contains brief technical data for proper selection of products. Further

information is available in the form of technical information publications and illustrated

brochures. If additional product information is required, contact your local Eaton

Products Distributor, call 1-800-525-2000 or visit our website at www.eaton.com.

Compliance with Nuclear Regulation 10 CFR 21

Eaton products are sold as commercial grade products not intended for application in

facilities or activities licensed by the United States Nuclear Regulatory Commission

foratomic purposes, under 10 CFR 21. Further certication will be required for use of

these products in a safety-related application in any nuclear facility licensed by the

U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission.

WARNING

The installation and use of Eaton products should be in accordance with the provisions

of the U.S. National Electrical Code® and/or other local codes or industry standards that

are pertinent to the particular end use. Installation or use not in accordance with these

codes and standards could be hazardous to personnel and/or equipment.

These catalog pages do not purport to cover all details or variations in equipment, nor to provide for

every possible contingency to be met in connection with installation, operation or maintenance.

Should further information be desired or should particular problems arise which are not covered

sufciently for the purchaser’s purposes, the matter should be referred to the local Eaton Products

Distributor or Sales Ofce. The contents of this catalog shall not become part of or modify any prior

or existing agreement, commitment or relationship. The sales contract contains the entire

obligation of Eaton’s Electrical Sector. The warranty contained in the contract between the parties

is the sole warranty of Eaton. Any statements contained herein do not create new warranties or

modify the existing warranty.

Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com i

Introduction

Eaton is a global leader in power distribution, power quality,

control and automation, and monitoring products.

At Eaton, we believe a reliable, efficient and safe power system is the foundation of every

successful enterprise. Through innovative technologies, cutting-edge products and our highly

skilled services team, we empower businesses around the world to achieve a powerful advantage.

In addition, Eaton is committed to creating and maintaining powerful customer relationships built

on a foundation of excellence. From the products we manufacture to our dedicated customer

service and support, we know what’s important to you.

Solutions

Eaton takes the complexity out of power systems management with a holistic and strategic

approach, leveraging our industry-leading technology, solutions and services. We focus on

the following three areas in all we do:

●Reliability—maintain the

appropriate level of power

continuity without

disruption or unexpected

downtime

●Efficiency—minimize

energy usage, operating

costs, equipment footprint

and environmental impact

●Safety—identify and

mitigate electrical hazards

to protect what you value

most

Using the Eaton Catalog Library

As we grow, it becomes increasingly difficult to include all products in one or two comprehensive

catalogs. Knowing that each user has their specific needs, we have created a library of catalogs for our

products that when complete, will contain 15 volumes. Since the volumes will continuously be a work

in progress and updated, each volume will stand alone. Refer to our volume directory, MZ08100001E,

for a quick glance of where to look for the products you need. The 15 volumes include:

●Volume 1—Residential

and Light Commercial

(CA08100002E)

●Volume 2—Commercial

Distribution (CA08100003E)

●Volume 3—Power

Distribution and Control

Assemblies (CA08100004E)

●Volume 4—Circuit

Protection (CA08100005E)

●Volume 5—Motor Control

and Protection

(CA08100006E)

●Volume 6—Solid-State

Motor Control

(CA08100007E)

●Volume 7—Logic Control,

Operator Interface and

Connectivity Solutions

(CA08100008E)

●Volume 8—Sensing

Solutions (CA08100010E)

●Volume 9—Original

Equipment Manufacturer

(CA08100011E)

●Volume 10—Enclosed

Control (CA08100012E)

●Volume 11—Vehicle and

Commercial Controls

(CA08100013E)

●Volume 12—Aftermarket,

Renewal Parts and Life

Extension Solutions

(CA08100014E)

●Volume 13—Counters,

Timers and Tachometers

(CA08100015E)—Available

in electronic format only

●Volume 14—Fuses

(CA08100016E)—Available

in electronic format only

●Volume 15—Solar Inverters

and Electrical Balance of

System (CA08100018E)

These volumes are not all-inclusive of every product, but they are meant to be an overview

of our product lines. For our full range of product solutions and additional product information,

consult Eaton.com/electrical and other catalogs and product guides in our literature library.

These references include:

●The Consulting Application

Guide (CA08104001E)

●The Eaton Power Quality

Product Guide (COR01FYA)

If you don’t have the volume that contains the product or information that you are looking for,

not to worry. You can access every volume of the catalog library at Eaton.com/electrical in the

Literature Library.

By installing our Automatic Tab Updater (ATU), you can be sure you always have the most recent

version of each volume and tab.

ii Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com

Introduction

Icons

Green Leaf

Eaton Green Solutions are products, systems or solutions that represent Eaton

benchmarks for environmental performance. The green leaf symbol is our

promise that the solution has been reviewed and documented as offering

exceptional, industry-leading environmental benefits to customers, consumers

and our communities. Though all of Eaton's products and solutions are

designed to meet or exceed applicable government standards related to

protecting the environment, our products with the Green Leaf designation

further provide “exceptional environmental benefit”.

Learn Online

When you see the Learn Online icon, go to Eaton.com/electrical and search for

the product or training page. There you will find 100-level training courses,

podcasts, webcasts or games and puzzles to learn more.

Drawings Online

When you see the Drawings Online icon, go to Eaton.com/electrical and find the

products page. There you will find a tab that includes helpful product drawings

and illustrations.

If you need additional help, you can find contact information

under the Customer Care heading of Eaton.com/electrical.

V6-T1-1Volume 6—Solid-StateMotor Control CA08100007E—February 2016 www.eaton.com

Reduced Voltage Motor Starters

S611 Soft Starters

Soft Start Controllers

S811+ Soft Starters

DS7 Soft Starter Controller

1.1 Solid-State Controllers

Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-2

DS7 Soft Start Controllers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-3

Type S701, Soft Start Controllers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-26

Type S701, Soft Start Controllers with Auxiliary Contact . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-32

Type S701, Soft Start Controllers with Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-35

Type S511, Semiconductor Reversing Contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-38

1.2 Solid-State Starters

Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-42

Type S611, Soft Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-43

Type S801+, Soft Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-59

Type S811+, Soft Starters with DIM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-75

V6-T1-2 Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—February 2016 www.eaton.com

1.1

Reduced Voltage Motor Starters

Solid-State Controllers

Soft Start Controllers

Contents

Description Page

Soft Start Controllers

DS7 Soft Start Controllers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-3

Type S701, Soft Start Controllers . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-26

Type S701, Soft Start Controllers

with Auxiliary Contact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-32

Type S701, Soft Start Controllers

with Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-35

Type S511, Semiconductor

Reversing Contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-38

Product Overview

DS7

Eaton’s DS7 line of reduced

voltage solid-state soft start

controllers is very compact,

multi-functional, easy to

install and easy to commission.

Designed to control the

acceleration and deceleration

of three-phase motors with

the ability to adjust initial

torque, ramp up and down

time, the device is available

for current ranges from 4 to

32 A in four frame sizes.

Type S701

The S701 device is a reduced

voltage soft start controller

designed to control

acceleration and deceleration

of three-phase motors. The

S701 provides the user with

the ability to adjust initial

torque, ramp up and down

time, and also select kick

start for high inertial loads.

Type S701 with

Auxiliary Contact

The S701 device is a reduced

voltage soft start controller

designed to control

acceleration and deceleration

of three-phase motors. With

the auxiliary contact, it is

possible to control an external

bypass to reduce heating and

increase acceleration and

deceleration times.

The unit provides the user

with the ability to adjust initial

torque, ramp up and down

time and also select kick start

for high inertia loads.

Type S701 with Brake

The S701 soft start

controller with DC injection

brake is designed to control

acceleration and deceleration

of three-phase motors. Brake

current is adjustable from

0–50 A DC. The ramp-up

feature is adjustable from

0.5–10 seconds. Torque

adjustment is adjustable

with or without break loose

(kick start) function.

Type S511 Semiconductor

Reversing Contactor

The S511 device is a

semiconductor reversing

contactor designed to switch

three-phase motors forward

and reverse. Unicore

electronics and thermal

design ensures high

switching capacity and

long lifetime.

Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—February 2016 www.eaton.com V6-T1-3

1.1

Reduced Voltage Motor Starters

Solid-State Controllers

DS7 Soft Start Controllers

Contents

Description Page

DS7 Soft Start Controllers

Features and Benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-5

Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-5

Instructional Leaflets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-5

Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-6

Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-7

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-15

Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-16

Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-24

Type S701, Soft Start Controllers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-26

Type S701, Soft Start Controllers with

Auxiliary Contact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-32

Type S701, Soft Start Controllers with Brake . . . . V6-T1-35

Type S511, Semiconductor

Reversing Contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-38

DS7 Soft Start Controllers

Product Description

The DS7 is available in

standard and SmartWire-DT®

communications

configurations.

Standard (Non SmartWire-DT)

Eaton’s DS7 line of reduced

voltage solid-state soft start

controllers is very compact,

multi-functional, easy to install

and easy to commission.

Designed to control the

acceleration and deceleration

of three-phase motors, the

device is available for current

ranges from 4 to 200 FLA

in four frame sizes. It is

available with 24 Vdc, 24 Vdc/

24 Vac, or 110/230 Vac

control voltage options. A

low temperature version is

available with 24 Vac/Vdc

control voltage with operation

ambient temperature

minimum of –40 °C.

SmartWire-DT

Our SmartWire-DT interface

completely eliminates the

need for conventional control

wiring. This has several

advantages:

●No incorrect wiring

●Faster wiring

●Cost saving

The interface can be used to

send control commands to

the DS7 SmartWire-DT and

change and diagnose its

parameter configuration;

in addition, the control

electronics can be powered

via the SmartWire-DT cable.

The device is controlled with

one of the selectable profiles:

●A “start/stop” profile

●An 8 bit-wide profile for

the soft starter, which is

provided the same way

for the variable frequency

drive and features more

options

Regardless of the profile

chosen, the DS7 SmartWire-DT’s

parameters can be read and

written to at any time by

using acyclic communications

services.

DS7 SmartWire-DT makes it

possible to read and write to

all device parameters. It is

also possible to overwrite

the potentiometer settings

on the DS7 SmartWire-DT,

which can come in handy,

for instance, when a change

made to the machine needs

to be performed remotely.

The DS7 SmartWire-DT comes

with a detailed diagnostic

system with options that

extend far beyond those of

wired devices. In addition to

having an error log, the DS7

SmartWire-DT can detect and

report nine different device

faults. A warning parameter

reports any present warning

messages. Moreover, the

response to each individual

fault can be customized.

Finally, there are 35 additional

messages for communication

errors. Using the DS7

SmartWire-DT in connection

with the PKE series motor

protective circuit breakers

opens up new functionalities

that were previously thought

impossible to implement with

a low-cost soft starter and

that were reserved to

significantly more

expensive

devices. Combining

a PKE

unit and a DS7 SmartWire-DT

makes it possible to

completely

protect the DS7

SmartWire-DT

device against

overloads. In addition, it

provides a current limiting

function and can report

thermal capacity utilization

levels to higher level

controllers.

V6-T1-4 Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—February 2016 www.eaton.com

1.1

Reduced Voltage Motor Starters

Solid-State Controllers

Application Description

With its small size, it can

easily fit in place of existing

soft starters, wye-delta

starters, or across-the-line

NEMA® and IEC starters. This

feature allows easy upgrades

to existing systems. The

product is designed to be

wired in the three-phase line

feeding the three motor input

leads as is done for normal

across-the-line starting. The

starter uses silicon controlled

rectifiers (SCRs) to ramp the

voltage to the motor, providing

smooth acceleration and

deceleration of the load.

After the motor is started,

the internal run bypass relay

closes, resulting in the motor

running directly across-the-

line. Internal run bypass

significantly reduces the

heat generated as compared

to non-bypass starters. The

soft stop option allows for a

ramp stop time that may be

longer than the coast-to-stop

time. An external overload

protection relay or circuit

breaker is needed.

Operation

Voltage Ramp Start

This start method provides a

voltage ramp to the motor,

resulting in a constant torque

increase. This most

commonly used form of soft

start mode allows you to set

the initial voltage value and

the duration of the ramp to

full voltage conditions.

●Adjustable initial voltage

30–92% of full voltage

(120/230 Vac control

voltage)

●Adjustable initial voltage

30–100% of full voltage (24

Vac/Vdc control voltage)

●Adjustable initial voltage

30–92% of full voltage

(24 Vdc control voltage—

SmartWire-DT)

●Adjustable ramp time

1–30 seconds

●Bypass relays close at the

end the ramp time (TOR)

Soft Stop

Allows for a controlled

stopping of load. Used when

a stop-time that is greater

than the coast-to-stop time is

desired. Often used with high

friction loads where a sudden

stop may cause system or

product damage. Setting the

soft stop time to a value of

0 turns off this feature.

●Soft stop time =

0–30 seconds

Start Ramp

Stop Ramp

Auxiliary Contacts

Auxiliary contacts are

provided to indicate soft

start controller status.

Frame Size 1 (4A to 12A)—

One Relay

The auxiliary relay indicates

when the soft starter is at

Top-of-Ramp (TOR).

Frame Size 2, 3 and 4 (16A

to 200A)—Two Relays

One auxiliary relay indicates

when the soft starter is at

Top-of-Ramp (TOR).

One auxiliary relay indicates

that a RUN command is

present, including start ramp,

bypass, and stop ramp times.

Bypass

Speed

Time (Seconds)

Start Run

100%

Speed

Time (Seconds)

Run Soft Stop

100%

1 = Coast to Stop (Speed)

2 = Soft Stop Ramp (Voltage)

3 = Soft Stop Time

Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—February 2016 www.eaton.com V6-T1-5

1.1

Reduced Voltage Motor Starters

Solid-State Controllers

Features and Benefits

●Run bypass mode greatly

reduces internal heating

created by the power

dissipation across the

SCRs. The bypass relay

directly connects the

motor to the line and

improves system efficiency

by reducing internal power

losses

●Less heat minimizes

enclosure size and cooling

requirements, and

maximizes the life of all

devices in the enclosure

●LED displays device status

and provides fault

indication

●Variable ramp times and

voltage control (torque

control) settings provide

unlimited starting

configurations, allowing

for maximum application

flexibility

Single-Phase Applications

All DS7 frame sizes can be

configured for single-phase

operation at 200–480 Vac

main voltages in accordance

to the single-phase application

note AP039006EN.

●Soft stop control suits

applications where an

abrupt stop of the load

is not acceptable. Soft

acceleration and

deceleration reduces

wear on belts, gears,

chains, clutches, shafts,

and bearings

●Minimizes the peak inrush

current’s stress on the

power system. Peak

starting torque can be

managed to diminish

mechanical system wear

and damage.

●24 Vac/Vdc control voltage

enhances personnel and

equipment safety.

110/230 Vac control voltage

is also available

●Auxiliary relays indicate

status of the soft start

controllers

●The TOR relay is active

until motor stop

command is received

and/or the soft start

controller detects a

fault condition

●RUN relay is active

during the start ramp,

bypass, and stop ramp

Protective Features

●Mains connection—The

mains connection is

monitored for a phase loss

and/or undervoltage during

ramp up

●Motor connection—The

motor connection is

monitored for an open

condition during the ramp

●SCR faults—SCR

performance is monitored

during the ramp cycle for

proper operation

●Heat sink over/under

temperature—High ambient

temperatures, extended

ramp times, and high duty

cycle conditions may cause

the DS7 to exceed its

thermal rating. When

temperature goes under

–5 °C (–40 °C for low

temperature units), unit

will trip as well. The DS7 is

equipped with sensors that

monitor the temperature of

the device as well. The soft

starter will trip in over/

under temperature

conditions, preventing

device failure

●Warning is indicated for an

over temperature condition

for the next start

●Bypass relay

●The DS7 can detect if

the bypass relay fails to

close after the ramp

start or opens while the

motor is running

●The DS7 will also detect

a condition whereas the

bypass relay is closed

when the RUN

command is given

●The DS7 will trip on a

bypass dropout fault if

either of these

conditions occur

Standards and Certifications

●IEC 60947-4-2

●EN 60947-4-2

●UL® listed

●CSA certified

●CE marked

●C-Tick

Instructional Leaflets

●Instruction Leaflet IL03901001E

V6-T1-6 Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—February 2016 www.eaton.com

1.1

Reduced Voltage Motor Starters

Solid-State Controllers

Catalog Number Selection

DS7 Soft Start Controllers

Rated Operational Current

004 =4A

• =

200 = 200A

Number of Phases

3 = Three-phase mains

supply voltage

Device Series

DS7 = Generation 7

Control Voltage Supply

0 = 24 Vac/Vdc

2 = 110/230 Vac

D = 24 Vdc SmartWire-DT

Device Version

SX = Standard soft starters

with internal bypass

DS7 - 3 4 0 SX 004 N 0 - N

Options

N = No option

D = SmartWire-DT

L = Low temperature

Voltage Class

4 = 400 V

(380 V –15% to 480 V

+10%)

Protection Type

0 = IP20

Radio Interference

Suppression Filters

4 = No internal radio interference

suppression filters

Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—February 2016 www.eaton.com V6-T1-7

1.1

Reduced Voltage Motor Starters

Solid-State Controllers

Product Selection

DS7 Soft Start Horsepower Ratings

Please refer to Application Note AP039004EN for additional information on proper size selection.

DS7 Soft Start Controllers—Horsepower Ratings—

10 Second Ramp, One Start per Hour, 300% Current Limit at 40 °C 1

Notes

1 Actual motor FLAs vary. Verify these devices cover the motor specific FLA.

2 Selections are based on motor FLA value at 480 V.

3 Not to be used with 230 V.

4 24 Vac/Vdc device.

5 –40 °C rated low temperature version available in 24 Vac/Vdc, change to “N0-L.”

6 110/230 Vac device.

7 24 Vdc for SmartWire-DT device.

Considerations

1. Either XTOB, C306 or C440 series or equivalent overload protection devices may be selected.

2. Contactor is optional for normal applications. It is recommended for mains isolation.

Power Supply

Eaton’s PSG and ELC power supplies are recommended as a compact and low-cost

source for 24 Vdc power. The lightweight, DIN rail mounted devices have a wide input

voltage range, and robust screw terminals make these power supplies easy to install

and use. These power supplies are available in 1A and 2A models.

Power Supply Selection

Rated

Current

(A)

Motor

Power (hp) Maximum

Allowable

Breaker

Size

Maximum

Allowable

Fuse

Size

Recommended

XTOB

Overload

(Direct

Connect) 2

Recommended

XTOE

Overload 2PKE MMP MMP 2

Connection

Kit to MMP Catalog Number200 V 230 V 480 V

3.7 0.75 0.75 2 HFD3015 15A

Class RK5

XTOB004BC1 XTOE005BCS XTPE012BCS XTPR004BC1 XTPAXTPCB DS7-340SX004N0-N 45

DS7-342SX004N0-N 6

DS7-34DSX004N0-D 7

6.9 1.5 2 3 HFD3015 15A

Class RK5

XTOB006BC1 3XTOE020BCS XTPE012BCS XTPR6P3BC1 XTPAXTPCB DS7-340SX007N0-N 45

DS7-342SX007N0-N 6

DS7-34DSX007N0-D 7

7.8 225HFD302020A

Class RK5

XTOB010BC1 XTOE020BCS XTPE012BCS XTPR010BC1 XTPAXTPCB DS7-340SX009N0-N 45

DS7-342SX009N0-N 6

DS7-34DSX009N0-D 7

11 3 3 7.5 HFD3030 20A

Class RK5

XTOB012BC1 XTOE020BCS XTPE032BCS XTPR012BC1 XTPAXTPCB DS7-340SX012N0-N 45

DS7-342SX012N0-N 6

DS7-34DSX012N0-D 7

15.2 3 5 10 HFD3035 25A

Class RK5

XTOB016CC1 XTOE020CCS XTPE032BCS XTPR016BC1 XTPAXTPCC DS7-340SX016N0-N 45

DS7-342SX016N0-N 6

DS7-34DSX016N0-D 7

22 5 7.5 15 HFD3060 40A

Class RK5

XTOB024CC1 XTOE045CCS XTPE032BCS XTPR025BC1 XTPAXTPCC DS7-340SX024N0-N 45

DS7-342SX024N0-N 6

DS7-34DSX024N0-D 7

32 7.5 10 20 HFD3070 50A

Class RK5

XTOB032CC1 XTOE045CCS XTPE032BCS XTPR032BC1 XTPAXTPCC DS7-340SX032N0-N 45

DS7-342SX032N0-N 6

DS7-34DSX032N0-D 7

Description Catalog Number

85–264 V input and 24 Vdc output ELC-PS01

100–240 V input and 24 Vdc output PSG60E

400–500 V input and 24 Vdc output PSG60F24RM

DS7 Soft Start

Controller—

Frames 1 and 2

V6-T1-8 Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—February 2016 www.eaton.com

1.1

Reduced Voltage Motor Starters

Solid-State Controllers

Please refer to Application Note AP039004EN for additional information on proper size selection.

DS7 Soft Start Controllers—Horsepower Ratings—

10 Second Ramp, One Start per Hour, 300% Current Limit at 40 °C

Notes

1 Maximum values may be higher than allowed per NEC® 430.52 and UL 508A 31.1.

2 XTOBXDIND Panel Mounting Adapter must be used with this overload.

3 XTOBXTLL line and load lugs must be used with this overload.

4 ZEB-XCT300 current transformer must be used with this overload.

5 24 Vac/Vdc device.

6 –40 °C rated low temperature version available in 24 Vac/Vdc, change to “N0-L.”

7 110/230 Vac device.

8 24 Vdc for SmartWire-DT device.

Considerations

1. Either XTOB, C306 or C440 series or equivalent overload protection devices may be selected.

2. Contactor is optional for normal applications. It is recommended for mains isolation.

Power Supply

Eaton’s PSG and ELC power supplies are recommended as a compact and low-cost

source for 24 Vdc power. The lightweight, DIN rail mounted devices have a wide input

voltage range, and robust screw terminals make these power supplies easy to install

and use. These power supplies are available in 1A and 2A models.

Power Supply Selection

Rated

Current (A)

Motor Power (hp) Maximum

Allowable

Breaker Size 1

Maximum

Allowable

Fuse Size 1

Recommended

XTOB Overload

Recommended

C440 Overload Catalog Number200 V 230 V 460 V

40 10 10 30 HFD3150L 150A Class RK5 XTOB040DC1 2C440A1A045SAX DS7-340SX041N0-N 56

DS7-342SX041N0-N 7

DS7-34DSX041N0-D 8

52 15 20 40 HFD3200L 200A Class RK5 XTOB057DC1 2C440B1A100SAX DS7-340SX055N0-N 56

DS7-342SX055N0-N 7

DS7-34DSX055N0-D 8

65 20 25 50 HJD3250 200A Class RK5 XTOB065DC1 2C440B1A100SAX DS7-340SX070N0-N 56

DS7-342SX070N0-N 7

DS7-34DSX070N0-D 8

77 25 30 60 HKD3300 300A Class RK5 XTOB100GC1S C440B1A100SAX DS7-340SX081N0-N 56

DS7-342SX081N0-N 7

DS7-34DSX081N0-D 8

96 30 30 75 HKD3350 350A Class RK5 XTOB100GC1S C440B1A100SAX DS7-340SX100N0-N 56

DS7-342SX100N0-N 7

DS7-34DSX100N0-D 8

124 40 50 100 HKD3400 500A Class RK5 XTOB125GC1S C440A1A005SAX 4DS7-340SX135N0-N 56

DS7-342SX135N0-N 7

DS7-34DSX135N0-D 8

156 50 60 125 HLD3450 500A Class RK5 XTOB160LC1 3C440A1A005SAX 4DS7-340SX160N0-N 56

DS7-342SX160N0-N 7

DS7-34DSX160N0-D 8

180 60 75 150 HLD3500 500A Class RK5 XTOB220LC1 3C440A1A005SAX 4DS7-340SX200N0-N 56

DS7-342SX200N0-N 7

DS7-34DSX200N0-D 8

Description Catalog Number

85–264 V input and 24 Vdc output ELC-PS01

100–240 V input and 24 Vdc output PSG60E

400–500 V input and 24 Vdc output PSG60F24RM

DS7 Soft Start

Controller—

Frames 3 and 4

Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—February 2016 www.eaton.com V6-T1-9

1.1

Reduced Voltage Motor Starters

Solid-State Controllers

Please refer to Application Note AP039004EN for additional information on proper size selection.

DS7 Soft Start Controllers—Horsepower Ratings—

10 Second Ramp, One Start per Hour, 400% Current Limit at 40 °C 1

Notes

1 Actual motor FLAs vary. Verify these devices cover the motor specific FLA.

2 Selections are based on motor FLA value at 480 V.

3 Not to be used with 230 V.

4 24 Vac/Vdc device.

5 –40 °C rated low temperature version available in 24 Vac/Vdc, change to “N0-L.”

6 110/230 Vac device.

7 24 Vdc for SmartWire-DT device.

Considerations

1. Either XTOB, C306 or C440 series or equivalent overload protection devices may be selected.

2. Contactor is optional for normal applications. It is recommended for mains isolation.

Power Supply

Eaton’s PSG and ELC power supplies are recommended as a compact and low-cost

source for 24 Vdc power. The lightweight, DIN rail mounted devices have a wide input

voltage range, and robust screw terminals make these power supplies easy to install

and use. These power supplies are available in 1A and 2A models.

Power Supply Selection

Rated

Current

(A)

Motor

Power (hp) Maximum

Allowable

Breaker

Size

Maximum

Allowable

Fuse

Size

Recommended

XTOB

Overload

(Direct

Connect) 2

Recommended

XTOE

Overload 2PKE MMP MMP 2

Connection

Kit to MMP Catalog Number200 V 230 V 480 V

3 0.5 0.5 1.5 HFD3015 15A

Class RK5

XTOB004BC1 XTOE005BCS XTPE012BCS XTPR004BC1 XTPAXTPCB DS7-340SX004N0-N 45

DS7-342SX004N0-N 5

DS7-34DSX004N0-D 6

4.8 113HFD301515A

Class RK5

XTOB006BC1 3XTOE020BCS XTPE012BCS XTPR6P3BC1 XTPAXTPCB DS7-340SX007N0-N 45

DS7-342SX007N0-N 5

DS7-34DSX007N0-D 6

6.9 1.5 2 3 HFD3020 20A

Class RK5

XTOB006BC1 XTOE020BCS XTPE012BCS XTPR6P3BC1 XTPAXTPCB DS7-340SX009N0-N 45

DS7-342SX009N0-N 5

DS7-34DSX009N0-D 6

9 225HFD303020A

Class RK5

XTOB010BC1 XTOE020BCS XTPE032BCS XTPR010BC1 XTPAXTPCB DS7-340SX012N0-N 45

DS7-342SX012N0-N 5

DS7-34DSX012N0-D 6

11 3 3 7.5 HFD3035 25A

Class RK5

XTOB016CC1 XTOE020CCS XTPE032BCS XTPR016BC1 XTPAXTPCC DS7-340SX016N0-N 45

DS7-342SX016N0-N 5

DS7-34DSX016N0-D 6

17.5 5 5 10 HFD3060 40A

Class RK5

XTOB016CC1 XTOE045CCS XTPE032BCS XTPR016BC1 XTPAXTPCC DS7-340SX024N0-N 45

DS7-342SX024N0-N 5

DS7-34DSX024N0-D 6

22 5 7.5 15 HFD3070 50A

Class RK5

XTOB024CC1 XTOE045CCS XTPE032BCS XTPR025BC1 XTPAXTPCC DS7-340SX032N0-N 45

DS7-342SX032N0-N 5

DS7-34DSX032N0-D 6

Description Catalog Number

85–264 V input and 24 Vdc output ELC-PS01

100–240 V input and 24 Vdc output PSG60E

400–500 V input and 24 Vdc output PSG60F24RM

DS7 Soft Start

Controller—

Frames 1 and 2

V6-T1-10 Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—February 2016 www.eaton.com

1.1

Reduced Voltage Motor Starters

Solid-State Controllers

Please refer to Application Note AP039004EN for additional information on proper size selection.

DS7 Soft Start Controllers—Horsepower Ratings—

10 Second Ramp, One Start per Hour, 400% Current Limit at 40 °C

Notes

1 Maximum values may be higher than allowed per NEC® 430.52 and UL 508A 31.1.

2 XTOBXDIND Panel Mounting Adapter must be used with this overload.

3 ZEB-XCT300 current transformer must be used with this overload.

4 24 Vac/Vdc device.

5 –40 °C rated low temperature version available in 24 Vac/Vdc, change to “N0-L.”

6 110/230 Vac device.

7 24 Vdc for SmartWire-DT device.

Considerations

1. Either XTOB, C306 or C440 series or equivalent overload protection devices may be selected.

2. Contactor is optional for normal applications. It is recommended for mains isolation.

Power Supply

Eaton’s PSG and ELC power supplies are recommended as a compact and low-cost

source for 24 Vdc power. The lightweight, DIN rail mounted devices have a wide input

voltage range, and robust screw terminals make these power supplies easy to install

and use. These power supplies are available in 1A and 2A models.

Power Supply Selection

Rated

Current (A)

Motor Power (hp) Maximum

Allowable

Breaker Size 1

Maximum

Allowable

Fuse Size 1

Recommended

XTOB Overload

Recommended

C440 Overload Catalog Number200 V 230 V 460 V

27 7.5 10 20 HFD3150L 150A Class RK5 XTOB040DC1 C440A1A045SAX DS7-340SX041N0-N 45

DS7-342SX041N0-N 6

DS7-34DSX041N0-D 7

34 10 10 30 HFD3200L 200A Class RK5 XTOB040DC1 C440A1A045SAX DS7-340SX055N0-N 45

DS7-342SX055N0-N 6

DS7-34DSX055N0-D 7

40 15 15 30 HJD3250 200A Class RK5 XTOB057DC1

2C440A1A045SAX DS7-340SX070N0-N 45

DS7-342SX070N0-N 6

DS7-34DSX070N0-D 7

52 15 20 40 HKD3300 300A Class RK5 XTOB057DC1 2C440B1A100SAX DS7-340SX081N0-N 45

DS7-342SX081N0-N 6

DS7-34DSX081N0-D 7

65 20 25 50 HKD3350 350A Class RK5 XTOB100GC1S C440B1A100SAX DS7-340SX100N0-N 45

DS7-342SX100N0-N 6

DS7-34DSX100N0-D 7

80 30 30 75 HKD3350 500A Class RK5 XTOB100GC1S C440B1A100SAX DS7-340SX135N0-N 45

DS7-342SX135N0-N 6

DS7-34DSX135N0-D 7

96 30 40 75 HLD3450 500A Class RK5 XTOB100GC1S C440B1A100SAX DS7-340SX160N0-N 45

DS7-342SX160N0-N 6

DS7-34DSX160N0-D 7

124 40 50 100 HLD3500 500A Class RK5 XTOB150GC1S C440A1A005SAX 3DS7-340SX200N0-N 45

DS7-342SX200N0-N 6

DS7-34DSX200N0-D 7

Description Catalog Number

85–264 V input and 24 Vdc output ELC-PS01

100–240 V input and 24 Vdc output PSG60E

400–500 V input and 24 Vdc output PSG60F24RM

DS7 Soft Start

Controller—

Frames 3 and 4

Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—February 2016 www.eaton.com V6-T1-11

1.1

Reduced Voltage Motor Starters

Solid-State Controllers

DS7 Soft Start kW Ratings

Please refer to Application Note AP039004EN for additional information on proper size selection.

DS7 Soft Start Controllers—kW Ratings According to IEC 60947-4-2—

10 Second Ramp, One Start per Hour, 300% Current Limit at 40 °C 1

Notes

1 Actual motor FLAs vary. Verify these devices cover the motor specific FLA.

2 Selections are based on motor FLA value at 480 V.

3 Not to be used with 230 V.

4 24 Vac/Vdc device.

5 –40 °C rated low temperature version available in 24 Vac/Vdc, change to “N0-L.”

6 110/230 Vac device.

7 24 Vdc for SmartWire-DT device.

Considerations

1. Either XTOB, C306 or C440 series or equivalent overload protection devices may be selected.

2. Contactor is optional for normal applications. It is recommended for mains isolation.

Power Supply

Eaton’s PSG and ELC power supplies are recommended as a compact and low-cost

source for 24 Vdc power. The lightweight, DIN rail mounted devices have a wide input

voltage range, and robust screw terminals make these power supplies easy to install

and use. These power supplies are available in 1A and 2A models.

Power Supply Selection

Rated

Current

(A)

Motor

Power (kW) Maximum

Allowable

Breaker

Size

Maximum

Allowable

Fuse

Size

Recommended

XTOB

Overload

(Direct

Connect) 2

Recommended

XTOE

Overload 2PKE MMP MMP 2

Connection

Kit to MMP Catalog Number230 V 400 V

3.8 0.75 1.5 HFD3015 15A

Class RK5

XTOB004BC1 XTOE005BCS XTPE012BCS XTPR004BC1 XTPAXTPCB DS7-340SX004N0-N 45

DS7-342SX004N0-N 6

DS7-34DSX004N0-D 7

7 1.5 3 HFD3015 15A

Class RK5

XTOB006BC1 3XTOE020BCS XTPE012BCS XTPR6P3BC1 XTPAXTPCB DS7-340SX007N0-N 45

DS7-342SX007N0-N 6

DS7-34DSX007N0-D 7

9 2.2 4 HFD3020 20A

Class RK5

XTOB010BC1 XTOE020BCS XTPE012BCS XTPR010BC1 XTPAXTPCB DS7-340SX009N0-N 45

DS7-342SX009N0-N 6

DS7-34DSX009N0-D 7

12 3 5.5 HFD3030 20A

Class RK5

XTOB012BC1 XTOE020BCS XTPE032BCS XTPR012BC1 XTPAXTPCB DS7-340SX012N0-N 45

DS7-342SX012N0-N 6

DS7-34DSX012N0-D 7

16 4 7.5 HFD3035 25A

Class RK5

XTOB016CC1 XTOE020CCS XTPE032BCS XTPR016BC1 XTPAXTPCC DS7-340SX016N0-N 45

DS7-342SX016N0-N 6

DS7-34DSX016N0-D 7

24 5.5 11 HFD3060 40A

Class RK5

XTOB024CC1 XTOE045CCS XTPE032BCS XTPR025BC1 XTPAXTPCC DS7-340SX024N0-N 45

DS7-342SX024N0-N 6

DS7-34DSX024N0-D 7

32 7.5 15 HFD3070 50A

Class RK5

XTOB032CC1 XTOE045CCS XTPE032BCS XTPR032BC1 XTPAXTPCC DS7-340SX032N0-N 45

DS7-342SX032N0-N 6

DS7-34DSX032N0-D 7

Description Catalog Number

85–264 V input and 24 Vdc output ELC-PS01

100–240 V input and 24 Vdc output PSG60E

400–500 V input and 24 Vdc output PSG60F24RM

DS7 Soft Start

Controller—

Frames 1 and 2

V6-T1-12 Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—February 2016 www.eaton.com

1.1

Reduced Voltage Motor Starters

Solid-State Controllers

Please refer to Application Note AP039004EN for additional information on proper size selection.

DS7 Soft Start Controllers—kW Ratings According to IEC 60947-4-2—

10 Second Ramp, One Start per Hour, 300% Current Limit at 40 °C

Notes

1 Maximum values may be higher than allowed per NEC 430.52 and UL 508A 31.1.

2 XTOBXDIND Panel Mounting Adapter must be used with this overload.

3 XTOBXTLL line and load lugs must be used with this overload.

4 ZEB-XCT300 current transformer must be used with this overload.

5 24 Vac/Vdc device.

6 –40 °C rated low temperature version available in 24 Vac/Vdc, change to “N0-L.”

7 110/230 Vac device.

8 24 Vdc for SmartWire-DT device.

Considerations

1. Either XTOB, C306 or C440 series or equivalent overload protection devices may be selected.

2. Contactor is optional for normal applications. It is recommended for mains isolation.

Power Supply

Eaton’s PSG and ELC power supplies are recommended as a compact and low-cost

source for 24 Vdc power. The lightweight, DIN rail mounted devices have a wide input

voltage range, and robust screw terminals make these power supplies easy to install

and use. These power supplies are available in 1A and 2A models.

Power Supply Selection

Rated

Current (A)

Motor Power (kW) Maximum

Allowable

Breaker Size 1

Maximum

Allowable

Fuse Size 1

Recommended

XTOB Overload

Recommended

C440 Overload Catalog Number230 V 400 V

41 11 22 HFD3150L 150A Class RK5 XTOB057DC1 2C440A1A045SAX DS7-340SX041N0-N 56

DS7-342SX041N0-N 7

DS7-34DSX041N0-D 8

55 15 30 HFD3200L 200A Class RK5 XTOB057DC1 2C440B1A100SAX DS7-340SX055N0-N 56

DS7-342SX055N0-N 7

DS7-34DSX055N0-D 8

68 15 37 HJD3250 200A Class RK5 XTOB070GC1 2C440B1A100SAX DS7-340SX070N0-N 56

DS7-342SX070N0-N 7

DS7-34DSX070N0-D 8

81 22 45 HKD3300 300A Class RK5 XTOB100GC1S C440B1A100SAX DS7-340SX081N0-N 56

DS7-342SX081N0-N 7

DS7-34DSX081N0-D 8

99 30 55 HKD3350 350A Class RK5 XTOB100GC1S C440B1A100SAX DS7-340SX100N0-N 56

DS7-342SX100N0-N 7

DS7-34DSX041N0-D 8

134 30 75 HKD3400 500A Class RK5 XTOB150GC1S C440A1A005SAX 4DS7-340SX135N0-N 56

DS7-342SX135N0-N 7

DS7-34DSX135N0-D 8

160 45 90 HLD3450 500A Class RK5 XTOB160LC1 3C440A1A005SAX 4DS7-340SX160N0-N 56

DS7-342SX160N0-N 7

DS7-34DSX160N0-D 8

196 55 110 HLD3500 500A Class RK5 XTOB220LC1 3C440A1A005SAX 4DS7-340SX200N0-N 56

DS7-342SX200N0-N 7

DS7-34DSX200N0-D 8

Description Catalog Number

85–264 V input and 24 Vdc output ELC-PS01

100–240 V input and 24 Vdc output PSG60E

400–500 V input and 24 Vdc output PSG60F24RM

DS7 Soft Start

Controller—

Frames 3 and 4

Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—February 2016 www.eaton.com V6-T1-13

1.1

Reduced Voltage Motor Starters

Solid-State Controllers

Please refer to Application Note AP039004EN for additional information on proper size selection.

DS7 Soft Start Controllers—kW Ratings According to IEC 60947-4-2—

10 Second Ramp, One Start per Hour, 400% Current Limit at 40 °C 1

Notes

1 Actual motor FLAs vary. Verify these devices cover the motor specific FLA.

2 Selections are based on motor FLA value at 480 V.

3 Not to be used with 230 V.

4 24 Vac/Vdc device.

5 –40 °C rated low temperature version available in 24 Vac/Vdc, change to “N0-L.”

6 110/230 Vac device.

7 24 Vdc for SmartWire-DT device.

Considerations

1. Either XTOB, C306 or C440 series or equivalent overload protection devices may be selected.

2. Contactor is optional for normal applications. It is recommended for mains isolation.

Power Supply

Eaton’s PSG and ELC power supplies are recommended as a compact and low-cost

source for 24 Vdc power. The lightweight, DIN rail mounted devices have a wide input

voltage range, and robust screw terminals make these power supplies easy to install

and use. These power supplies are available in 1A and 2A models.

Power Supply Selection

Rated

Current

(A)

Motor Power

(kW) Maximum

Allowable

Breaker

Size

Maximum

Allowable

Fuse

Size

Recommended

XTOB

Overload

(Direct

Connect) 2

Recommended

XTOE

Overload 2PKE MMP MMP 2

Connection

Kit to MMP Catalog Number230 V 400 V

2.5 0.33 1 HFD3015 15A

Class RK5

XTOB004BC1 XTOE005BCS XTPE012BCS XTPR004BC1 XTPAXTPCB DS7-340SX004N0-N 45

DS7-342SX004N0-N 6

DS7-34DSX004N0-D 7

3.8 0.75 1.5 HFD3015 15A

Class RK5

XTOB006BC1 3XTOE020BCS XTPE012BCS XTPR6P3BC1 XTPAXTPCB DS7-340SX007N0-N 45

DS7-342SX007N0-N 6

DS7-34DSX007N0-D 7

7 1.5 3 HFD3020 20A

Class RK5

XTOB006BC1 XTOE020BCS XTPE012BCS XTPR6P3BC1 XTPAXTPCB DS7-340SX009N0-N 45

DS7-342SX009N0-N 6

DS7-34DSX009N0-D 7

9 2.2 4 HFD3030 20A

Class RK5

XTOB010BC1 XTOE020BCS XTPE032BCS XTPR010BC1 XTPAXTPCB DS7-340SX012N0-N 45

DS7-342SX012N0-N 6

DS7-34DSX012N0-D 7

12 3 5.5 HFD3035 25A

Class RK5

XTOB016CC1 XTOE020CCS XTPE032BCS XTPR016BC1 XTPAXTPCC DS7-340SX016N0-N 45

DS7-342SX016N0-N 6

DS7-34DSX016N0-D 7

16 4 7.5 HFD3060 40A

Class RK5

XTOB016CC1 XTOE045CCS XTPE032BCS XTPR016BC1 XTPAXTPCC DS7-340SX024N0-N 45

DS7-342SX024N0-N 6

DS7-34DSX016N0-D 7

24 5.5 11 HFD3070 50A

Class RK5

XTOB024CC1 XTOE045CCS XTPE032BCS XTPR025BC1 XTPAXTPCC DS7-340SX032N0-N 45

DS7-342SX032N0-N 6

DS7-34DSX032N0-D 7

Description Catalog Number

85–264 V input and 24 Vdc output ELC-PS01

100–240 V input and 24 Vdc output PSG60E

400–500 V input and 24 Vdc output PSG60F24RM

DS7 Soft Start

Controller—

Frames 1 and 2

V6-T1-14 Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—February 2016 www.eaton.com

1.1

Reduced Voltage Motor Starters

Solid-State Controllers

Please refer to Application Note AP039004EN for additional information on proper size selection.

DS7 Soft Start Controllers—kW Ratings According to IEC 60947-4-2—

10 Second Ramp, One Start per Hour, 400% Current Limit at 40 °C

Notes

1 Maximum values may be higher than allowed per NEC 430.52 and UL 508A 31.1.

2 XTOBXDIND Panel Mounting Adapter must be used with this overload.

3 XTOBXTLL line and load lugs must be used with this overload.

4 ZEB-XCT300 current transformer must be used with this overload.

5 24 Vac/Vdc device.

6 –40 °C rated low temperature version available in 24 Vac/Vdc, change to “N0-L.”

7 110/230 Vac device.

8 24 Vdc for SmartWire-DT device.

Considerations

1. Either XTOB, C306 or C440 series or equivalent overload protection devices may be selected.

2. Contactor is optional for normal applications. It is recommended for mains isolation.

Power Supply

Eaton’s PSG and ELC power supplies are recommended as a compact and low-cost

source for 24 Vdc power. The lightweight, DIN rail mounted devices have a wide input

voltage range, and robust screw terminals make these power supplies easy to install

and use. These power supplies are available in 1A and 2A models.

Power Supply Selection

Rated

Current (A)

Motor Power (kW) Maximum

Allowable

Breaker Size 1

Maximum

Allowable

Fuse Size 1

Recommended

XTOB Overload

Recommended

C440 Overload Catalog Number230 V 400 V

28.8 7.5 11 HFD3150L 150A Class RK5 XTOB040DC1 C440A1A045SAX DS7-340SX041N0-N 56

DS7-342SX041N0-N 7

DS7-34DSX041N0-D 8

37.5 11 18.5 HFD3200L 200A Class RK5 XTOB040DC1 C440A1A045SAX DS7-340SX055N0-N 56

DS7-342SX055N0-N 7

DS7-34DSX055N0-D 8

46 11 22 HJD3250 200A Class RK5 XTOB057DC1 2C440B1A100SAX DS7-340SX070N0-N 56

DS7-342SX070N0-N 7

DS7-34DSX070N0-D 8

56 15 30 HKD3300 300A Class RK5 XTOB065DC1 2C440B1A100SAX DS7-340SX081N0-N 56

DS7-342SX081N0-N 7

DS7-34DSX081N0-D 8

68 18.5 37 HKD3350 350A Class RK5 XTOB100GC1S C440B1A100SAX DS7-340SX100N0-N 56

DS7-342SX100N0-N 7

DS7-34DSX100N0-D 8

90 22 45 HKD3350 500A Class RK5 XTOB100GC1S C440B1A100SAX DS7-340SX135N0-N 56

DS7-342SX135N0-N 7

DS7-34DSX135N0-D 8

106 30 55 HLD3450 500A Class RK5 XTOB160LC1 3C440A1A005SAX 4DS7-340SX160N0-N 56

DS7-342SX160N0-N 7

DS7-34DSX160N0-D 8

134 37 75 HLD3500 500A Class RK5 XTOB160LC1 3C440A1A005SAX 4DS7-340SX200N0-N 56

DS7-342SX200N0-N 7

DS7-34DSX200N0-D 8

Description Catalog Number

85–264 V input and 24 Vdc output ELC-PS01

100–240 V input and 24 Vdc output PSG60E

400–500 V input and 24 Vdc output PSG60F24RM

DS7 Soft Start

Controller—

Frames 3 and 4

Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—February 2016 www.eaton.com V6-T1-15

1.1

Reduced Voltage Motor Starters

Solid-State Controllers

Accessories

Device Fans

Note

1 NA Certification. Request filed for UL and CSA.

Description For Use With … Std. Pack Catalog Number

Device fan for increasing the load cycle (more

starts per hour higher or longer ramp times

exceeding 10 seconds.

DS7-34…SX004…

DS7-34…SX007…

DS7-34…SX009…

DS7-34…SX012…

DS7-34…SX016…

DS7-34…SX024…

DS7-34…SX032…

1 off DS7-FAN-032 1

DS7-FAN-032

V6-T1-16 Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—February 2016 www.eaton.com

1.1

Reduced Voltage Motor Starters

Solid-State Controllers

Technical Data and Specifications

DS7 Soft Start Controllers

Rated Control Circuit

Voltage 24 Vac/Vdc

Voltage 110/230 Vac

Voltage 24 Vdc Unit

DS7-340SX004N0-N

DS7-342SX004N0-N

DS7-34DSX004N0-D

DS7-340SX007N0-N

DS7-342SX007N0-N

DS7-34DSX007N0-D

DS7-340SX009N0-N

DS7-342SX009N0-N

DS7-34DSX009N0-D

DS7-340SX012N0-N

DS7-342SX012N0-N

DS7-34DSX012N0-D

General

Standards IEC/EN 60947-4-2; GB14048.6;

UL508; CSA-C22.2 No 0-M91;

CSA-C22.2 No 14-05 CE marking

IEC/EN 60947-4-2; GB14048.6;

UL508; CSA-C22.2 No 0-M91;

CSA-C22.2 No 14-05 CE marking

IEC/EN 60947-4-2; GB14048.6;

UL508; CSA-C22.2 No 0-M91;

CSA-C22.2 No 14-05 CE marking

IEC/EN 60947-4-2; GB14048.6;

UL508; CSA-C22.2 No 0-M91;

CSA-C22.2 No 14-05 CE marking

Certifications/marking UL/CE/CSA/C-Tick UL/CE/CSA/C-Tick UL/CE/CSA/C-Tick UL/CE/CSA/C-Tick

Ambient temperature

(operation)

°C 0 to 40 °C, above 40 °C de-rate

linearly by 1% of rated current

per Celsius to 60 °C

–40 to +40 °C for low

temperature version

0 to 40 °C, above 40 °C de-rate

linearly by 1% of rated current

per Celsius to 60 °C

–40 to +40 °C for low

temperature version

0 to 40 °C, above 40 °C de-rate

linearly by 1% of rated current

per Celsius to 60 °C

–40 to +40 °C for low

temperature version

0 to 40 °C, above 40 °C de-rate

linearly by 1% of rated current

per Celsius to 60 °C

–40 to +40 °C for low

temperature version

Ambient temperature (storage) °C –25 to 55 °C –25 to 55 °C –25 to 55 °C –25 to 55 °C

Altitude 0–1000m, above 1000m de-rate

linearly by 2.5% of rated current

per 100m to a maximum of 2000m

0–1000m, above 1000m de-rate

linearly by 2.5% of rated current

per 100m to a maximum of 2000m

0–1000m, above 1000m de-rate

linearly by 2.5% of rated current

per 100m to a maximum of 2000m

0–1000m, above 1000m de-rate

linearly by 2.5% of rated current

per 100m to a maximum of 2000m

Installation Vertical Vertical Vertical Vertical

Protection class IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20

Protection class applies to the

front and operator control and

display elements. Protection

type from all sides is IP00.

With optional covers from the NZM

range, protection type IP40 from all

sides can be achieved

With optional covers from the NZM

range, protection type IP40 from all

sides can be achieved

With optional covers from the NZM

range, protection type IP40 from all

sides can be achieved

With optional covers from the NZM

range, protection type IP40 from all

sides can be achieved

Busbar tag shroud Back of hand and finger-proof

(from front face)

Back of hand and finger-proof

(from front face)

Back of hand and finger-proof

(from front face)

Back of hand and finger-proof

(from front face)

Overvoltage category/

pollution degree

II/2 II/2 II/2 II/2

Shock resistance 8g/11ms 8g/11ms 8g/11ms 8g/11ms

Vibration resistance according

to EN 60721-3-2

2M2 2M2 2M2 2M2

Mean heat dissipation at

rated duty cycle

W 0.2 0.35 0.35 0.6

Radio interference B B B B

Dimensions (W x H x D)

DS7-340… and DS7-342… in (mm) 1.77 x 5.12 x 3.74 (45 x 130 x 95) 1.77 x 5.12 x 3.74 (45 x 130 x 95) 1.77 x 5.12 x 3.74 (45 x 130 x 95) 1.77 x 5.12 x 3.74 (45 x 130 x 95)

DS7-34D… in (mm) 1.77 x 5.31 x 3.74 (45 x 135 x 95) 1.77 x 5.31 x 3.74 (45 x 135 x 95) 1.77 x 5.31 x 3.74 (45 x 135 x 95) 1.77 x 5.31 x 3.74 (45 x 135 x 95)

Weight

DS7-340… lb (kg) 0.77 (0.35) 0.77 (0.35) 0.77 (0.35) 0.77 (0.35)

DS7-342… lb (kg) 0.88 (0.40) 0.88 (0.40) 0.88 (0.40) 0.88 (0.40)

DS7-34D… lb (kg) 0.90 (0.41) 0.90 (0.41) 0.90 (0.41) 0.90 (0.41)

Main Circuit

Rated operational voltage V 230–460 Vac 230–460 Vac 230–460 Vac 230–460 Vac

Mains frequency Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz

Rated operation current AC 53 Ie47912

Motor Power Ratings

200 V hp 0.75 1.5 2 3

230 V hp 0.75 2 2 5

480 Vhp23510

230 V kW 0.75 1.5 2.2 3

400 V kW 1.5 3 4 5.5

Overload cycle according to

EN 60947-4-2

4A: AC53a; 3-5; 75-10 7A: AC53a; 3-5; 75-10 9A: AC53a; 3-5; 75-10 12A: AC53a; 3-5; 75-10

Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—February 2016 www.eaton.com V6-T1-17

1.1

Reduced Voltage Motor Starters

Solid-State Controllers

DS7 Soft Start Controllers, continued

Rated Control Circuit

Voltage 24 Vac/Vdc

Voltage 110/230 Vac

Voltage 24 Vdc Unit

DS7-340SX004N0-N

DS7-342SX004N0-N

DS7-34DSX004N0-D

DS7-340SX007N0-N

DS7-342SX007N0-N

DS7-34DSX007N0-D

DS7-340SX009N0-N

DS7-342SX009N0-N

DS7-34DSX009N0-D

DS7-340SX012N0-N

DS7-342SX012N0-N

DS7-34DSX012N0-D

Wire Specifications

Power terminals

Single conductor—solid or stranded AWG 18–10 18–10 18–10 18–10

Terminal torque lb-in 11 11 11 11

Control signals

Single conductor—solid or stranded AWG 18–10 18–10 18–10 18–10

Terminal torque lb-in 11 11 11 11

Power Section

Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp

1.2/ 50 s

4 kV 4 kV 4 kV 4 kV

Rated insulation voltage 500 500 500 500

Control Commands—Vac/Vdc

Supply voltage control board Us nominal Vac/Vdc 20.4–26.4 20.4–26.4 20.4–26.4 20.4–26.4

Current consumption at 24 Vac/Vdc mA 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6

Pick-up voltage +17.3–+27 +17.3–+27 +17.3–+27 +17.3–+27

Drop-out voltage +3–0 +3–0 +3–0 +3–0

Relay Outputs

Number of relays 1 (TOR) 1 (TOR) 1 (TOR) 1 (TOR)

Maximum voltage Vac 250 250 250 250

Maximum current A 1A 1A 1A 1A

Soft Start Functions

Ramp times

Start ramp s 1–30 1–30 1–30 1–30

Stop ramp s 0–30 0–30 0–30 0–30

Initial voltage % line voltage

DS7-342… 30–92% 30–92% 30–92% 30–92%

DS7-340… 30–100% 30–100% 30–100% 30–100%

DS7-34D… 30–92% 30–92% 30–92% 30–92%

Control Commands—Vac

Supply voltage control board Us nominal Vac 102–253 102–253 102–253 102–253

Current consumption at 24 Vac/VdcmA4444

Pick-up voltage Vac 102–230 102–230 102–230 102–230

Drop-out voltage Vac 0–28 0–28 0–28 0–28

Relay Outputs

Number of relays 1 (TOR) 1 (TOR) 1 (TOR) 1 (TOR)

Maximum voltage Vac 250 250 250 250

Maximum current A 3A 3A 3A 3A

Soft Start Functions

Ramp times

Start ramp s 1–30 1–30 1–30 1–30

Stop ramp s 0–30 0–30 0–30 0–30

Initial voltage % line voltage 30–92% 30–92% 30–92% 30–92%

V6-T1-18 Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—February 2016 www.eaton.com

1.1

Reduced Voltage Motor Starters

Solid-State Controllers

DS7 Soft Start Controllers, continued

Rated Control Circuit

Voltage 24 Vac/Vdc

Voltage 110/230 Vac

Voltage 24 Vdc Unit

DS7-340SX016N0-N

DS7-342SX016N0-N

DS7-34DSX016N0-D

DS7-340SX024N0-N

DS7-342SX024N0-N

DS7-34DSX024N0-D

DS7-340SX032N0-N

DS7-342SX032N0-N

DS7-34DSX032N0-D

General

Standards IEC/EN 60947-4-2; GB14048.6; UL508;

CSA-C22.2 No 0-M91; CSA-C22.2 No 14-05

CE marking

IEC/EN 60947-4-2; GB14048.6; UL508;

CSA-C22.2 No 0-M91; CSA-C22.2 No 14-05

CE marking

IEC/EN 60947-4-2; GB14048.6; UL508;

CSA-C22.2 No 0-M91; CSA-C22.2 No 14-05

CE marking

Certifications/marking UL/CE/CSA/C-Tick UL/CE/CSA/C-Tick UL/CE/CSA/C-Tick

Ambient temperature (operation) °C 0 to 40 °C, above 40 °C de-rate linearly by 1% of

rated current per Celsius to 60 °C

–40 to +40 °C for low temperature version

0 to 40 °C, above 40 °C de-rate linearly by 1% of

rated current per Celsius to 60 °C

–40 to +40 °C for low temperature version

0 to 40 °C, above 40 °C de-rate linearly by 1% of

rated current per Celsius to 60 °C

–40 to +40 °C for low temperature version

Ambient temperature (storage) °C –25 to 55 °C –25 to 55 °C –25 to 55 °C

Altitude 0–1000m, above 1000m de-rate linearly by

2.5% of rated current per 100m to a maximum of

2000m

0–1000m, above 1000m de-rate linearly by

2.5% of rated current per 100m to a maximum of

2000m

0–1000m, above 1000m de-rate linearly by

2.5% of rated current per 100m to a maximum of

2000m

Installation Vertical Vertical Vertical

Protection class IP20 IP20 IP20

Protection class applies to the front

and operator control and display

elements. Protection type from all

sides is IP00.

With optional covers from the NZM range,

protection type IP40 from all sides can be

achieved

With optional covers from the NZM range,

protection type IP40 from all sides can be

achieved

With optional covers from the NZM range,

protection type IP40 from all sides can be

achieved

Busbar tag shroud Back of hand and finger-proof (from front face) Back of hand and finger-proof (from front face) Back of hand and finger-proof (from front face)

Overvoltage category/

pollution degree

II/2 II/2 II/2

Shock resistance 8g/11ms 8g/11ms 8g/11ms

Vibration resistance according to

EN 60721-3-2

2M2 2M2 2M2

Mean heat dissipation at

rated duty cycle

W0.8 1.1 1.5

Radio interference B B B

Dimensions (W x H x D)

DS7-340… and DS7-342… in (mm) 1.77 x 5.91 x 4.65 (45 x 150 x 118) 1.77 x 5.91 x 4.65 (45 x 150 x 118) 1.77 x 5.91 x 4.65 (45 x 150 x 118)

DS7-34D… in (mm) 1.77 x 5.91 x 4.65 (45 x 150 x 118) 1.77 x 5.91 x 4.65 (45 x 150 x 118) 1.77 x 5.91 x 4.65 (45 x 150 x 118)

Weight

DS7-340… lb (kg) 0.88 (0.40) 0.88 (0.40) 0.88 (0.40)

DS7-342… lb (kg) 0.99 (0.45) 0.99 (0.45) 0.99 (0.45)

DS7-34D… lb (kg) 0.90 (0.41) 0.90 (0.41) 0.90 (0.41)

Main Circuit

Rated operational voltage V 230–460 Vac 230–460 Vac 230–460 Vac

Mains frequency Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz

Rated operation current AC 53 Ie16 24 32

Motor Power Ratings

200 V hp 3 5 10

230 V hp 5 7.5 10

480 Vhp101525

230 V kW 4 5.5 7.5

400 V kW 7.5 11 15

Overload cycle according to

EN 60947-4-2

16A: AC53a; 3-5; 75-10 24A: AC53a; 3-5; 75-10 32A: AC53a; 3-5; 75-10

Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—February 2016 www.eaton.com V6-T1-19

1.1

Reduced Voltage Motor Starters

Solid-State Controllers

DS7 Soft Start Controllers, continued

Rated Control Circuit

Voltage 24 Vac/Vdc

Voltage 110/230 Vac

Voltage 24 Vdc Unit

DS7-340SX016N0-N

DS7-342SX016N0-N

DS7-34DSX016N0-D

DS7-340SX024N0-N

DS7-342SX024N0-N

DS7-34DSX024N0-D

DS7-340SX032N0-N

DS7-342SX032N0-N

DS7-34DSX032N0-D

Wire Specifications

Power terminals

Single conductor—solid or

stranded

AWG 18–6 18–6 18–6

Terminal torque lb-in 11 11 11

Control Signals

Single conductor—solid or

stranded

AWG 18–10 18–10 18–10

Terminal torque lb-in 11 11 11

Power Section

Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp

1.2/ 50 s

4 kV 4 kV 4 kV

Rated insulation voltage 500 500 500

Control Commands—Vac/Vdc

Supply voltage control board Us nominal Vac/Vdc 20.4–26.4 20.4–26.4 20.4–26.4

Current consumption at 24 Vac/Vdc mA 1.6 1.6 1.6

Pick-up voltage +17.3–+27 +17.3–+27 +17.3–+27

Drop-out voltage +3–0 +3–0 +3–0

Relay Outputs

Number of relays 2 (TOR, Ready) 2 (TOR, Ready) 2 (TOR, Ready)

Maximum voltage Vac 250 250 250

Maximum current A 1A 1A 1A

Soft Start Functions

Ramp times

Start ramp s 1–30 1–30 1–30

Stop ramp s 0–30 0–30 0–30

Initial voltage % line voltage

DS7-342… 30–92% 30–92% 30–92%

DS7-340… 30–100% 30–100% 30–100%

DS7-34D… 30–92% 30–92% 30–92%

Control Commands—Vac

Supply voltage control board Us nominal Vac 102–253 102–253 102–253

Current consumption at 102–253 Vac mA 4 4 4

Pick-up voltage Vac 102–230 102–230 102–230

Drop-out voltage Vac 0–28 0–28 0–28

Relay Outputs

Number of relays 2 (TOR, Run) 2 (TOR, Run) 2 (TOR, Run)

Maximum voltage Vac 250 250 250

Maximum current A 3A 3A 3A

Soft Start Functions

Ramp times

Start ramp s 1–30 1–30 1–30

Stop ramp s 0–30 0–30 0–30

Initial voltage % line voltage 30–92% 30–92% 30–92%

V6-T1-20 Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—February 2016 www.eaton.com

1.1

Reduced Voltage Motor Starters

Solid-State Controllers

DS7 Soft Start Controllers, continued

Rated Control Circuit

Voltage 24 Vac/Vdc

Voltage 110/230 Vac

Voltage 24 Vdc Unit

DS7-340SX041N0-N

DS7-342SX041N0-N

DS7-34DSX041N0-D

DS7-340SX055N0-N

DS7-342SX055N0-N

DS7-34DSX055N0-D

DS7-340SX070N0-N

DS7-342SX070N0-N

DS7-34DSX070N0-D

DS7-340SX081N0-N

DS7-342SX081N0-N

DS7-34DSX081N0-D

General

Standards IEC/EN 60947-4-2; GB14048.6;

UL508; CSA-C22.2 No 0-M91;

CSA-C22.2 No 14-05 CE marking

IEC/EN 60947-4-2; GB14048.6;

UL508; CSA-C22.2 No 0-M91;

CSA-C22.2 No 14-05 CE marking

IEC/EN 60947-4-2; GB14048.6;

UL508; CSA-C22.2 No 0-M91;

CSA-C22.2 No 14-05 CE marking

IEC/EN 60947-4-2; GB14048.6;

UL508; CSA-C22.2 No 0-M91;

CSA-C22.2 No 14-05 CE marking

Certifications/marking UL/CE/CSA/C-Tick UL/CE/CSA/C-Tick UL/CE/CSA/C-Tick UL/CE/CSA/C-Tick

Ambient temperature

(operation)

°C 0 to 40 °C, above 40 °C de-rate

linearly by 1% of rated current

per Celsius to 60 °C

–40 to +40 °C for low

temperature version

0 to 40 °C, above 40 °C de-rate

linearly by 1% of rated current

per Celsius to 60 °C

–40 to +40 °C for low

temperature version

0 to 40 °C, above 40 °C de-rate

linearly by 1% of rated current

per Celsius to 60 °C

–40 to +40 °C for low

temperature version

0 to 40 °C, above 40 °C de-rate

linearly by 1% of rated current

per Celsius to 60 °C

–40 to +40 °C for low

temperature version

Ambient temperature (storage) °C –25 to 55 °C –25 to 55 °C –25 to 55 °C –25 to 55 °C

Altitude 0–1000m, above 1000m de-rate

linearly by 2.5% of rated current

per 100m to a maximum of 2000m

0–1000m, above 1000m de-rate

linearly by 2.5% of rated current

per 100m to a maximum of 2000m

0–1000m, above 1000m de-rate

linearly by 2.5% of rated current

per 100m to a maximum of 2000m

0–1000m, above 1000m de-rate

linearly by 2.5% of rated current

per 100m to a maximum of 2000m

Installation Vertical Vertical Vertical Vertical

Protection class IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20

Protection class applies to the

front and operator control and

display elements. Protection

type from all sides is IP00.

With optional covers from the NZM

range, protection type IP40 from all

sides can be achieved

With optional covers from the NZM

range, protection type IP40 from all

sides can be achieved

With optional covers from the NZM

range, protection type IP40 from all

sides can be achieved

With optional covers from the NZM

range, protection type IP40 from all

sides can be achieved

Busbar tag shroud Back of hand and finger-proof

(from front face)

Back of hand and finger-proof

(from front face)

Back of hand and finger-proof

(from front face)

Back of hand and finger-proof

(from front face)

Overvoltage category/

pollution degree

II/2 II/2 II/2 II/2

Shock resistance 8g/11ms 8g/11ms 8g/11ms 8g/11ms

Vibration resistance according

to EN 60721-3-2

2M2 2M2 2M2 2M2

Mean heat dissipation at

rated duty cycle

W 7 10 13 18

Radio interference B B B B

Dimensions (W x H x D)

DS7-340…, DS7-342…

and DS7-34D…

in (mm) 3.66 x 6.89 x 5.47 (93 x 175 x 139) 3.66 x 6.89 x 5.47 (93 x 175 x 139) 3.66 x 6.89 x 5.47 (93 x 175 x 139) 3.66 x 6.89 x 5.47 (93 x 175 x 139)

Weight

DS7-340…, DS7-342…

and DS7-34D…

lb (kg) 3.97 (1.8) 3.97 (1.8) 3.97 (1.8) 3.97 (1.8)

Main Circuit

Rated operational voltage V 230–460 Vac 230–460 Vac 230–460 Vac 230–460 Vac

Mains frequency Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz

Rated operation current AC 53 Ie41 55 70 81

Motor Power Ratings

200 Vhp10152025

230 Vhp10202530

480 Vhp30405060

230 VkW11151522

400 VkW22303745

Overload cycle according to

EN 60947-4-2

41A: AC53a; 3-5; 75-10 55A: AC53a; 3-5; 75-10 70A: AC53a; 3-5; 75-10 81A: AC53a; 3-5; 75-10

Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—February 2016 www.eaton.com V6-T1-21

1.1

Reduced Voltage Motor Starters

Solid-State Controllers

DS7 Soft Start Controllers, continued

Rated Control Circuit

Voltage 24 Vac/Vdc

Voltage 110/230 Vac

Voltage 24 Vdc Unit

DS7-340SX041N0-N

DS7-342SX041N0-N

DS7-34DSX041N0-D

DS7-340SX055N0-N

DS7-342SX055N0-N

DS7-34DSX055N0-D

DS7-340SX070N0-N

DS7-342SX070N0-N

DS7-34DSX070N0-D

DS7-340SX081N0-N

DS7-342SX081N0-N

DS7-34DSX081N0-D

Wire Specifications

Power terminals

Single conductor—solid or stranded AWG 12–2/0 12–2/0 12–2/0 12–2/0

Terminal torque lb-in 53–80 53–80 53–80 53–80

Control signals

Single conductor—solid or stranded AWG 18–10 18–10 18–10 18–10

Terminal torque lb-in 11 11 11 11

Power Section

Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp

1.2/ 50 s

4 kV 4 kV 4 kV 4 kV

Rated insulation voltage 500 500 500 500

Control Commands—24 Vac/Vdc

Supply voltage control board Us nominal Vac/Vdc 20.4–26.4 20.4–26.4 20.4–26.4 20.4–26.4

Current consumption at 24 Vac/Vdc mA 65 65 65 65

Pick-up voltage +17.3–+27 +17.3–+27 +17.3–+27 +17.3–+27

Drop-out voltage +3–0 +3–0 +3–0 +3–0

Relay Outputs

Number of relays 2 (TOR) 2 (TOR) 2 (TOR) 2 (TOR)

Maximum voltage Vac 250 250 250 250

Maximum current A 1A 1A 1A 1A

Soft Start Functions

Ramp times

Start ramp s 1–30 1–30 1–30 1–30

Stop ramp s 0–30 0–30 0–30 0–30

Initial voltage % line voltage

DS7-342… 30–92% 30–92% 30–92% 30–92%

DS7-340… 30–100% 30–100% 30–100% 30–100%

DS7-34D… 30–92% 30–92% 30–92% 30–92%

Control Commands—110–230 Vac

Supply voltage control board Us nominal Vac 102–253 102–253 102–253 102–253

Current consumption at 24 Vac/Vdc mA 14 14 14 14

Pick-up voltage Vac 102–230 102–230 102–230 102–230

Drop-out voltage Vac 0–28 0–28 0–28 0–28

Relay Outputs

Number of relays 2 (TOR) 2 (TOR) 2 (TOR) 2 (TOR)

Maximum voltage Vac 250 250 250 250

Maximum current A 3A 3A 3A 3A

Soft Start Functions

Ramp times

Start ramp s 1–30 1–30 1–30 1–30

Stop ramp s 0–30 0–30 0–30 0–30

Initial voltage % line voltage 30–92% 30–92% 30–92% 30–92%

V6-T1-22 Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—February 2016 www.eaton.com

1.1

Reduced Voltage Motor Starters

Solid-State Controllers

DS7 Soft Start Controllers, continued

Rated Control Circuit

Voltage 24 Vac/Vdc

Voltage 110/230 Vac

Voltage 24 Vdc Unit

DS7-340SX100N0-N

DS7-342SX100N0-N

DS7-34DSX100N0-D

DS7-340SX135N0-N

DS7-342SX135N0-N

DS7-34DSX135N0-D

DS7-340SX160N0-N

DS7-342SX160N0-N

DS7-34DSX160N0-D

DS7-340SX200N0-N

DS7-342SX200N0-N

DS7-34DSX200N0-D

General

Standards IEC/EN 60947-4-2; GB14048.6;

UL508; CSA-C22.2 No 0-M91;

CSA-C22.2 No 14-05 CE marking

IEC/EN 60947-4-2; GB14048.6;

UL508; CSA-C22.2 No 0-M91;

CSA-C22.2 No 14-05 CE marking

IEC/EN 60947-4-2; GB14048.6;

UL508; CSA-C22.2 No 0-M91;

CSA-C22.2 No 14-05 CE marking

IEC/EN 60947-4-2; GB14048.6;

UL508; CSA-C22.2 No 0-M91;

CSA-C22.2 No 14-05 CE marking

Certifications/marking UL/CE/CSA/C-Tick UL/CE/CSA/C-Tick UL/CE/CSA/C-Tick UL/CE/CSA/C-Tick

Ambient temperature

(operation)

°C 0 to 40 °C, above 40 °C de-rate

linearly by 1% of rated current

per Celsius to 60 °C

–40 to +40 °C for low

temperature version

0 to 40 °C, above 40 °C de-rate

linearly by 1% of rated current

per Celsius to 60 °C

–40 to +40 °C for low

temperature version

0 to 40 °C, above 40 °C de-rate

linearly by 1% of rated current

per Celsius to 60 °C

–40 to +40 °C for low

temperature version

0 to 40 °C, above 40 °C de-rate

linearly by 1% of rated current

per Celsius to 60 °C

–40 to +40 °C for low

temperature version

Ambient temperature (storage) °C –25 to 55 °C –25 to 55 °C –25 to 55 °C –25 to 55 °C

Altitude 0–1000m, above 1000m de-rate

linearly by 2.5% of rated current

per 100m to a maximum of 2000m

0–1000m, above 1000m de-rate

linearly by 2.5% of rated current

per 100m to a maximum of 2000m

0–1000m, above 1000m de-rate

linearly by 2.5% of rated current

per 100m to a maximum of 2000m

0–1000m, above 1000m de-rate

linearly by 2.5% of rated current

per 100m to a maximum of 2000m

Installation Vertical Vertical Vertical Vertical

Protection class IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20

Protection class applies to the

front and operator control and

display elements. Protection

type from all sides is IP00.

With optional covers from the NZM

range, protection type IP40 from all

sides can be achieved

With optional covers from the NZM

range, protection type IP40 from all

sides can be achieved

With optional covers from the NZM

range, protection type IP40 from all

sides can be achieved

With optional covers from the NZM

range, protection type IP40 from all

sides can be achieved

Busbar tag shroud Back of hand and finger-proof

(from front face)

Back of hand and finger-proof

(from front face)

Back of hand and finger-proof

(from front face)

Back of hand and finger-proof

(from front face)

Overvoltage category/

pollution degree

II/2 II/2 II/2 II/2

Shock resistance 8g/11ms 8g/11ms 8g/11ms 8g/11ms

Vibration resistance according

to EN 60721-3-2

2M2 2M2 2M2 2M2

Mean heat dissipation at

rated duty cycle

W25243042

Radio interference B B B B

Dimensions (W x H x D)

DS7-340…, DS7-342…

and DS7-34D…

in (mm) 3.66 x 6.89 x 5.47 (93 x 175 x 139) 4.25 x 8.46 x 7.01 (108 x 215 x 178) 4.25 x 8.46 x 7.01 (108 x 215 x 178) 4.25 x 8.46 x 7.01 (108 x 215 x 178)

Weight

DS7-340…, DS7-342…

and DS7-34D…

lb (kg) 3.97 (1.8) 8.16 (3.7) 8.16 (3.7) 8.16 (3.7)

Main Circuit

Rated operational voltage V 230–460 Vac 230–460 Vac 230–460 Vac 230–460 Vac

Mains frequency Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz

Rated operation current AC 53 Ie100 135 160 200

Motor Power Ratings

200 Vhp30405060

230 Vhp30506075

480 V hp 75 100 125 150

230 VkW30304555

400 VkW557590110

Overload cycle according to

EN 60947-4-2

100A: AC53a; 3-5; 75-10 135A: AC53a; 3-5; 75-10 160A: AC53a; 3-5; 75-10 200A: AC53a; 3-5; 75-10

Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—February 2016 www.eaton.com V6-T1-23

1.1

Reduced Voltage Motor Starters

Solid-State Controllers

DS7 Soft Start Controllers, continued

Rated Control Circuit

Voltage 24 Vac/Vdc

Voltage 110/230 Vac

Voltage 24 Vdc Unit

DS7-340SX100N0-N

DS7-342SX100N0-N

DS7-34DSX100N0-D

DS7-340SX135N0-N

DS7-342SX135N0-N

DS7-34DSX135N0-D

DS7-340SX160N0-N

DS7-342SX160N0-N

DS7-34DSX160N0-D

DS7-340SX200N0-N

DS7-342SX200N0-N

DS7-34DSX200N0-D

Wire Specifications

Power terminals

Single conductor—solid or stranded AWG 12–2/0 12–350 kcmil 12–350 kcmil 12–350 kcmil

Terminal torque lb-in 53–80 44–123 44–123 44–123

Control signals

Single conductor—solid or stranded AWG 18–10 18–10 18–10 18–10

Terminal torque lb-in 11 11 11 11

Power Section

Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp

1.2/ 50 s

4 kV 4 kV 4 kV 4 kV

Rated insulation voltage 500 500 500 500

Control Commands—24 Vac/Vdc

Supply voltage control board Us nominal Vac/Vdc 20.4–26.4 20.4–26.4 20.4–26.4 20.4–26.4

Current consumption at 24 Vac/Vdc mA 65 65 65 65

Pick-up voltage +17.3–+27 +17.3–+27 +17.3–+27 +17.3–+27

Drop-out voltage +3–0 +3–0 +3–0 +3–0

Relay Outputs

Number of relays 2 (TOR) 2 (TOR) 2 (TOR) 2 (TOR)

Maximum voltage Vac 250 250 250 250

Maximum current A 1A 1A 1A 1A

Soft Start Functions

Ramp times

Start ramp s 1–30 1–30 1–30 1–30

Stop ramp s 0–30 0–30 0–30 0–30

Initial voltage % line voltage

DS7-342… 30–92% 30–92% 30–92% 30–92%

DS7-340… 30–100% 30–100% 30–100% 30–100%

DS7-34D… 30–92% 30–92% 30–92% 30–92%

Control Commands—110–230 Vac

Supply voltage control board Us nominal Vac 102–253 102–253 102–253 102–253

Current consumption at 24 Vac/Vdc mA 14 14 14 14

Pick-up voltage Vac 102–230 102–230 102–230 102–230

Drop-out voltage Vac 0–28 0–28 0–28 0–28

Relay Outputs

Number of relays 2 (TOR) 2 (TOR) 2 (TOR) 2 (TOR)

Maximum voltage Vac 250 250 250 250

Maximum current A 3A 3A 3A 3A

Soft Start Functions

Ramp times

Start ramp s 1–30 1–30 1–30 1–30

Stop ramp s 0–30 0–30 0–30 0–30

Initial voltage % line voltage 30–92% 30–92% 30–92% 30–92%

V6-T1-24 Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—February 2016 www.eaton.com

1.1

Reduced Voltage Motor Starters

Solid-State Controllers

Dimensions

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

Frame 1

Frame 1—SmartWire-DT

Frame 2

Frame 2—SmartWire-DT

Catalog Numbers

DS7-340SX004N0-N DS7-342SX004N0-N

DS7-340SX007N0-N DS7-342SX007N0-N

DS7-340SX009N0-N DS7-342SX009N0-N

DS7-340SX012N0-N DS7-342SX012N0-N

Catalog Numbers

DS7-34DSX004N0-D DS7-34DSX009N0-D

DS7-34DSX007N0-D DS7-34DSX012N0-D

4.92

(125.0)

3.74

(95.0)

1.77

(45.0)

4 x M4

4.80

(122.0)

5.12

(130.0)

1.38

(35.0)

4.92

(125.0)

4.05 (103.0)

3.74 (95.0)

1.77

(45.0)

4 x M4

1.38

(35.0)

4.80

(122.0)

5.12

(130.0)

Catalog Numbers

DS7-340SX016N0-N DS7-342SX016N0-N

DS7-340SX024N0-N DS7-342SX024N0-N

DS7-340SX032N0-N DS7-342SX032N0-N

Catalog Numbers

DS7-34DSX016N0-D

DS7-34DSX024N0-D

DS7-34DSX032N0-D

1.77

(45.0)

4 x M4

1.38

(35.0)

5.90

(150.0)

4.65 (118.0)

5.51

(140.0)

4.65 (118.0)

1.77

(45.0)

2 x M4

5.60

(150.0)

1.38

(35.0)

5.51

(140.0)

4.96 (126.0)

Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—February 2016 www.eaton.com V6-T1-25

1.1

Reduced Voltage Motor Starters

Solid-State Controllers

Frame 3—SmartWire-DT and Standard (Non SmartWire-DT)

Frame 4—SmartWire-DT and Standard (Non SmartWire-DT)

Catalog Numbers

DS7-340SX041N0-N DS7-342SX041N0-N DS7-34DSX041N0-D

DS7-340SX055N0-N DS7-342SX055N0-N DS7-34DSX055N0-D

DS7-340SX070N0-N DS7-342SX070N0-N DS7-34DSX070N0-D

DS7-340SX081N0-N DS7-342SX081N0-N DS7-34DSX081N0-D

DS7-340SX100N0-N DS7-342SX100N0-N DS7-34DSX100N0-D

Catalog Numbers

DS7-342SX135N0-N DS7-340SX135N0-N DS7-34DSX135N0-D

DS7-342SX160N0-N DS7-340SX160N0-N DS7-34DSX160N0-D

DS7-342SX200N0-N DS7-340SX200N0-N DS7-34DSX200N0-D

6.14 (156.0)

DS7-…-D

5.47 (139.0)

1.38 (35.0)

6.89

(175.0)

6.34

(161.0)

5.08

(129.0)

1.58

(40.0)

1.18

(30.0)

0.89

(22.5)

1.18

(30.0)

3.66 (93.0) 0.89

(22.5)

8.46

(215.0)

4.25 (108.0)

0.59

(15.0)

7.68 (195.0)

DS7-…-D

7.01 (178.0)

2.07 (52.5)

7.87

(200.0)

6.22

(158.0)

1.58

(40.0)

1.18

(30.0)

0.89

(22.5)

1.18

(30.0)

V6-T1-26 Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—February 2016 www.eaton.com

1.1

Reduced Voltage Motor Starters

Solid-State Controllers

Type S701, Soft Start Controllers

Contents

Description Page

DS7 Soft Start Controllers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-3

Type S701, Soft Start Controllers

Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-27

Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-27

Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-27

Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-28

Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-31

Type S701, Soft Start Controllers with

Auxiliary Contact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-32

Type S701, Soft Start Controllers with Brake . . . . V6-T1-35

Type S511, Semiconductor

Reversing Contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-38

Type S701, Soft Start Controllers

Product Description

The S701 device is a reduced

voltage soft start controller

designed to control

acceleration and deceleration

of three-phase motors. The

S701 provides the user with

the ability to adjust initial

torque, ramp up and down

time, and also select kick

start for high inertial loads.

Application Description

The S701 line of soft start

controllers is specifically

designed to be a low cost

option for soft starting small

(15 hp and down) three-phase

motors. The S701 unit

controls current on two of

three motor phases to control

the torque being applied to the

motor, allowing for smooth

starting of a motor. The S701

is designed to be used with

a manual motor starter or a

full voltage starter. These

devices provide the necessary

overload protection for the

motor and also provide line

isolation for the motor. Short-

circuit protection can be

provided by fuses or circuit

breakers.

Features

●Rated operational voltage

up to 600 Vac

●Control voltage range from

24–480 Vac/Vdc

●Adjustable ramp times

(0.5–10 seconds)

●Adjustable initial torque

control (0–85%)

●Kick start feature

●Soft stop (0.5–10 seconds)

●Unlimited number of

START/STOP operations

per hour

●IP20 finger protection

●Fractional to 15 hp motors

at 480 V (20 hp at 600 V)

Benefits

●Reduced wear on belts,

gears, chains, clutches,

shafts and bearings

●Allows for controlling the

inrush current to the motor

●Reduced water-hammer in

pumping applications

●Less shock to product on

conveyor lines and material

handling gear

Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—February 2016 www.eaton.com V6-T1-27

1.1

Reduced Voltage Motor Starters

Solid-State Controllers

Standards and Certifications

●IEC 947 compliant

●EN 60947-4-2

●CE marked

●CSA certified

●UL listed (E108212)

●cUL listed

Catalog Number Selection

S701 Soft Starters

Product Selection

Soft Start Controllers

Rated

Current

Line

Voltage

Control

Voltage

(Vac/Vdc)

Three-Phase Motor

Catalog

Number

kW Rating (50 Hz) hp Rating (60 Hz)

230 V 380–400 V 440 V

200 V 230 V 460 V 575 V

1.0 SF 1.15 SF 1.0 SF 1.15 SF 1.0 SF 1.15 SF 1.0 SF 1.15 SF

3.5 208–240 24–230 7.5 N/A N/A 1 1 1 1 N/A N/A N/A N/A S701C03N3S

3.5 380–415 24–415 N/A 1.1 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 1-1/2 1-1/2 N/A N/A S701D03N3S

3.5 440–480 24–480 N/A N/A 1.5 N/A N/A N/A N/A 2 2 N/A N/A S701E03N3S

3.5 500–600 24–480 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 2 2 S701G03N3S

15 208–240 24–230 4 N/A N/A 3 3 3 3 N/A N/A N/A N/A S701C15N3S

15 380–480 24–480 N/A 5.5 7.5 N/A N/A N/A N/A 10 7-1/2 N/A N/A S701E15N3S

15 500–600 24–480 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 10 10 S701G15N3S

25 208–240 24–230 7.5 N/A N/A 5 5 7-1/2 5 N/A N/A N/A N/A S701C25N3S

25 380–480 24–480 N/A 11 12.5 N/A N/A N/A N/A 15 15 N/A N/A S701E25N3S

25 500–600 24–480 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 20 20 S701G25N3S

Control Options

S = Standard

BP = Auxiliary contact

Number of Poles

3 = (Only three at this time)

Options

N = No special options

B = Braking

Ampere Rating

03 = 3.5A

15 = 15A

25 = 25A

Line Voltage

C = 208–240 Vac

D = 380–415 Vac

E = 380–480 Vac

G = 550–600 Vac

Soft Start Controller

S701 C15 N 3 S

S701E15N3S

S701E25N3S

V6-T1-28 Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—February 2016 www.eaton.com

1.1

Reduced Voltage Motor Starters

Solid-State Controllers

Technical Data and Specifications

Soft Starters—S701…03N3S

Description S701C03N3S S701D03N3S S701E03N3S S701G03N3S

Maximum current capacity 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5

Trip Class

10A 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5

10 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5

20 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8

30 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1

Electrical Characteristics

Line voltage (Vac) 208–240 380–415 440–480 500–600

Operating frequency (Hz) 50/60 50/60 50/60 50/60

Leakage current 5 mA AC max. 5 mA AC max. 5 mA AC max. 5 mA AC max.

Minimum operational current 50 mA 50 mA 50 mA 50 mA

Control voltage (Vac/Vdc) 24–230 24–415 24–480 24–480

Pickup voltage max. 20.4 Vac/Vdc 20.4 Vac/Vdc 20.4 Vac/Vdc 20.4 Vac/Vdc

Dropout voltage min. 5 Vac/Vdc 5 Vac/Vdc 5 Vac/Vdc 5 Vac/Vdc

Max. control current for no operation 1 mA 1 mA 1 mA 1 mA

Response time max. 70 ms 70 ms 70 ms 70 ms

Control Characteristics

Ramp time (secs) 0.5–10 0.5–10 0.5–10 0.5–10

Ramp settings (% LRT) 85% 85% 85% 85%

Kick start settings (% LRT) 85% 85% 85% 85%

Soft stop (secs) 0.5–10 0.5–10 0.5–10 0.5–10

Environment Characteristics

Temperature–operating (no derating) –30 ° to 40 °C –30 ° to 40 °C –30 ° to 40 °C –30 ° to 40 °C

Current rating 50 °C N/A N/A N/A N/A

Limited duty cycle 50 °C N/A N/A N/A N/A

Current rating 60 °C N/A N/A N/A N/A

Limited duty cycle 60 °C N/A N/A N/A N/A

Temperature–storage –30 ° to 80 °C –30 ° to 80 °C –30 ° to 80 °C –30 ° to 80 °C

Altitude (meters)–no derating 2000 2000 2000 2000

Humidity 95% noncondensing 95% noncondensing 95% noncondensing 95% noncondensing

Operating position (no derating) Vertical ±30 ° Vertical ±30 ° Vertical ±30 ° Vertical ±30 °

Impulse withstand voltage IEC 947-4-1 4000 V 4000 V 4000 V 4000 V

Rated insulation voltage (Ui) 660 V 660 V 660 V 660 V

Installation category III III III III

Vibration IEC 68-2-6 5g 10–150 Hz IEC 68-2-6 5g 10–150 Hz IEC 68-2-6 5g 10–150 Hz IEC 68-2-6 5g 10–150 Hz

Power dissipation for intermittent operation 4 W/A x duty cycle 4 W/A x duty cycle 4 W/A x duty cycle 4 W/A x duty cycle

Power dissipation for continuous operation 4 W/A x duty cycle 4 W/A x duty cycle 4 W/A x duty cycle 4 W/A x duty cycle

Cooling method Natural convection Natural convection Natural convection Natural convection

Degree of protection IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20

Pollution degree3333

Agency approvals UL, cUL, CE UL, cUL, CE UL, cUL, CE UL, cUL, CE

Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—February 2016 www.eaton.com V6-T1-29

1.1

Reduced Voltage Motor Starters

Solid-State Controllers

Soft Starters—S701…15N3S

Description S701C15N3S S701E15N3S S701G15N3S

Maximum current capacity 15 15 15

Trip Class

10A 151515

10 15 15 15

20 12 12 12

30 10 10 10

Electrical Characteristics

Line voltage (Vac) 208–240 380–480 500–600

Operating frequency (Hz) 50/60 50/60 50/60

Leakage current 5 mA AC max. 5 mA AC max. 5 mA AC max.

Minimum operational current 50 mA 50 mA 50 mA

Control voltage (Vac/Vdc) 24–230 24–480 24–480

Pickup voltage max. 20.4 Vac/Vdc 20.4 Vac/Vdc 20.4 Vac/Vdc

Dropout voltage min. 5 Vac/Vdc 5 Vac/Vdc 5 Vac/Vdc

Max. control current for no operation 1 mA 1 mA 1 mA

Response time max. 70 ms 70 ms 70 ms

Control Characteristics

Ramp time (secs) 0.5–10 0.5–10 0.5–10

Ramp settings (% LRT) 85% 85% 85%

Kick start settings (% LRT) 85% 85% 85%

Soft stop (secs) 0.5–10 0.5–10 0.5–10

Environment Characteristics

Temperature–operating (no derating) –30 ° to 40 °C –30 ° to 40 °C –30 ° to 40 °C

Current rating 50 °C 12.5A 12.5A 12.5A

Limited duty cycle 50 °C 15A on-time max.

15 min. duty cycle max. 0.8

15A on-time max.

15 min. duty cycle max. 0.8

15A on-time max.

15 min. duty cycle max. 0.8

Current rating 60 °C 10A 10A 10A

Limited duty cycle 60 °C 15A on-time max.

15 min. duty cycle max. 0.65

15A on-time max.

15 min. duty cycle max. 0.65

15A on-time max.

15 min. duty cycle max. 0.65

Temperature–storage –30 ° to 80 °C –30 ° to 80 °C –30 ° to 80 °C

Altitude (meters)–no derating 2000 2000 2000

Humidity 95% noncondensing 95% noncondensing 95% noncondensing

Operating position (no derating) Vertical ±30 ° Vertical ±30 ° Vertical ±30 °

Impulse withstand voltage IEC 947-4-1 4000 V 4000 V 4000 V

Rated insulation voltage (Ui) 660 V 660 V 660 V

Installation category III III III

Vibration IEC 68-2-6 5g 10–150 Hz IEC 68-2-6 5g 10–150 Hz IEC 68-2-6 5g 10–150 Hz

Power dissipation for intermittent operation 2 W/A x duty cycle 2 W/A x duty cycle 2 W/A x duty cycle

Power dissipation for continuous operation 2 W/A 2 W/A 2 W/A

Cooling method Natural convection Natural convection Natural convection

Degree of protection IP20 IP20 IP20

Pollution degree 3 3 3

Agency approvals UL, CSA, CE UL, CSA, CE UL, CSA, CE

V6-T1-30 Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—February 2016 www.eaton.com

1.1

Reduced Voltage Motor Starters

Solid-State Controllers

Soft Starters—S701…25N3S

Description S701C25N3S S701E25N3S S701G25N3S

Maximum current capacity 25 25 25

Trip Class

10A 252525

10 25 25 25

20 20 20 20

30 15 15 15

Electrical Characteristics

Line voltage (Vac) 208–240 380–480 500–600

Operating frequency (Hz) 50/60 50/60 50/60

Leakage current 5 mA AC max. 5 mA AC max. 5 mA AC max.

Minimum operational current 50 mA 50 mA 50 mA

Control voltage (Vac/Vdc) 24–230 24–480 24–480

Pickup voltage max. 20.4 Vac/Vdc 20.4 Vac/Vdc 20.4 Vac/Vdc

Dropout voltage min. 5 Vac/Vdc 5 Vac/Vdc 5 Vac/Vdc

Max. control current for no operation 1 mA 1 mA 1 mA

Response time max. 70 ms 70 ms 70 ms

Control Characteristics

Ramp time (secs) 0.5–10 0.5–10 0.5–10

Ramp settings (% LRT) 85% 85% 85%

Kick start settings (% LRT) 85% 85% 85%

Soft stop (secs) 0.5–10 0.5–10 0.5–10

Environment Characteristics

Temperature–operating (no derating) –30 ° to 40 °C –30 ° to 40 °C –30 ° to 40 °C

Current rating 50 °C 20A 20A 20A

Limited duty cycle 50 °C 25A on-time max.

15 min. duty cycle max. 0.8

25A on-time max.

15 min. duty cycle max. 0.8

25A on-time max.

15 min. duty cycle max. 0.8

Current rating 60 °C 17A 17A 17A

Limited duty cycle 60 °C 25A on-time max.

15 min. duty cycle max. 0.65

25A on-time max.

15 min. duty cycle max. 0.65

25A on-time max.

15 min. duty cycle max. 0.65

Temperature–storage –30 ° to 80 °C –30 ° to 80 °C –30 ° to 80 °C

Altitude (meters)–no derating 2000 2000 2000

Humidity 95% noncondensing 95% noncondensing 95% noncondensing

Operating position (no derating) Vertical ±30 ° Vertical ±30 ° Vertical ±30 °

Impulse withstand voltage IEC 947-4-1 4000 V 4000 V 4000 V

Rated insulation voltage (Ui) 660 V 660 V 660 V

Installation category III III III

Vibration IEC 68-2-6 5g 10–150 Hz IEC 68-2-6 5g 10–150 Hz IEC 68-2-6 5g 10–150 Hz

Power dissipation for intermittent operation 2 W/A x duty cycle 2 W/A x duty cycle 2 W/A x duty cycle

Power dissipation for continuous operation 2 W/A 2 W/A 2 W/A

Cooling method Natural convection Natural convection Natural convection

Degree of protection IP20 IP20 IP20

Pollution degree 3 3 3

Agency approvals UL, CSA, CE UL, CSA, CE UL, CSA, CE

Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—February 2016 www.eaton.com V6-T1-31

1.1

Reduced Voltage Motor Starters

Solid-State Controllers

Dimensions

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

Soft Starters—S701…N3S

Catalog Number W H D

Weight

in Lbs (kg)

S701C03N3S 0.89 (22.5) 3.94 (100) 5.01 (127) 0.6 (270)

S701D03N3S 0.89 (22.5) 3.94 (100) 5.01 (127) 0.6 (270)

S701E03N3S 0.89 (22.5) 3.94 (100) 5.01 (127) 0.6 (270)

S701G03N3S 0.89 (22.5) 3.94 (100) 5.01 (127) 0.6 (270)

S701C15N3S 1.77 (45) 3.94 (100) 5.04 (128) 1.52 (690)

S701E15N3S 1.77 (45) 3.94 (100) 5.04 (128) 1.52 (690)

S701G15N3S 1.77 (45) 3.94 (100) 5.04 (128) 1.52 (690)

S701C25N3S 3.54 (90) 3.94 (100) 5.04 (128) 2.53 (1150)

S701E25N3S 3.54 (90) 3.94 (100) 5.04 (128) 2.53 (1150)

S701G25N3S 3.54 (90) 3.94 (100) 5.04 (128. 2.53 (1150)

V6-T1-32 Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—February 2016 www.eaton.com

1.1

Reduced Voltage Motor Starters

Solid-State Controllers

Type S701, Soft Start Controllers with Auxiliary Contact

Contents

Description Page

DS7 Soft Start Controllers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-3

Type S701, Soft Start Controllers . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-26

Type S701, Soft Start Controllers with

Auxiliary Contact

Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-33

Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-33

Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-34

Type S701, Soft Start Controllers with Brake . . . . V6-T1-35

Type S511, Semiconductor

Reversing Contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-38

Type S701, Soft Start Controllers with Auxiliary Contact

Product Description

The S701 device is a reduced

voltage soft start controller

designed to control

acceleration and deceleration

of three-phase motors. With

the auxiliary contact, it is

possible to control an external

bypass to reduce heating and

increase acceleration and

deceleration times.

The unit provides the user

with the ability to adjust initial

torque, ramp up and down

time and also select kick start

for high inertia loads.

Application Description

The S701 line of soft start

controllers is specifically

designed to be a low cost

option for soft starting small

(15 hp and down) three-phase

motors. The auxiliary contact

is designed to work in

conjunction with an across-

the-line contactor. The

purpose of the contactor is

to provide a parallel current

path once the soft starter

has brought the motor up to

speed. Once the soft start

controller reaches end of

ramp, the auxiliary contact will

close and send a signal to

close the bypass contactor,

thus providing a low

impedance path for the

current to the motor. The

S701 unit controls current

on two of three motor phases

to control the torque being

applied to the motor, allowing

for smooth starting of a motor.

The S701 is designed to be

used with a manual motor

protector or a full voltage

starter. These devices provide

the necessary overload

protection for the motor and

also provide line isolation for

the motor. Short-circuit

protection can be provided by

fuses or circuit breakers.

Features

●Rated operational voltage

up to 600 Vac

●Control voltage range

from 24–300 Vac/Vdc

●Adjustable ramp times

(0.5–20 seconds)

●Adjustable initial torque

control (0–85%)

●Kick start feature

(0–85% adjustment)

●Kick start for 200 ms

●Soft stop (0.5–20 seconds)

●IP20 finger protection

●Available up to 30A

(with Bypass installed)

●Auxiliary contact for

up-to-speed indication

Benefits

●Reduced wear on belts,

gears, chains, clutches,

shafts and bearings

●Bypass option allows for

greater current capacity in

the unit

●Bypass option helps to

reduce heat in the

enclosure

●Allows for controlling the

inrush current to the motor

●Reduced water-hammer in

pumping applications

●Less shock to product on

conveyor lines and material

handling gear

Standards and Certifications

●IEC 947 compliant

●EN 60947-4-2

●CE marked

●UL listed (E108212)

●cUL listed

Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—February 2016 www.eaton.com V6-T1-33

1.1

Reduced Voltage Motor Starters

Solid-State Controllers

Product Selection

For S701 catalog number selection, see Page V6-T1-27.

Soft Start Controllers with Auxiliary Contact

Technical Data and Specifications

Soft Starters with Auxiliary Contact—S701…25N3BP

Rated

Current

Line

Voltage

Control

Voltage

(Vac/Vdc)

Three-Phase Motor

Catalog

Number

kW Rating (50 Hz) hp Rating

230 V 380–400 V 440 V

200 V 230 V 460 V 575 V

1.0 SF 1.15 SF 1.0 SF 1.15 SF 1.0 SF 1.15 SF 1.0 SF 1.15 SF

Ratings without Bypass

25 208–240 24–230 5.5 N/A N/A 5 5 7-1/2 5 N/A N/A N/A N/A S701C25N3BP

25 380–480 24–480 N/A 12.5 12.5 N/A N/A N/A N/A 15 15 N/A N/A S701E25N3BP

25 500–600 24–480 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 20 20 S701G25N3BP

Ratings with Bypass

30 208–240 24–230 7.5 N/A N/A 7-1/2 7-1/2 10 7-1/2 N/A N/A N/A N/A S701C25N3BP

30 380–480 24–480 N/A 15 15 N/A N/A N/A N/A 20 15 N/A N/A S701E25N3BP

30 500–600 24–480 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 25 20 S701G25N3BP

Description S701C25N3BP S701E25N3BP S701G25N3BP

Maximum current capacity with bypass (without bypass) 30 (25) 30 (25) 30 (25)

Trip Class

10A 30 (25) 30 (25) 30 (25)

10 30 (25) 30 (25) 30 (25)

20 24 (20) 24 (20) 24 (20)

30 19.5 (15) 19.5 (15) 19.5 (15)

Electrical Characteristics

Line voltage (Vac) 208–240 380–480 500–600

Operating frequency (Hz) 50/60 50/60 50/60

Leakage current 5 mA AC max. 5 mA AC max. 5 mA AC max.

Minimum operational current 50 mA 50 mA 50 mA

Control voltage (Vac/Vdc) 24–230 24–480 24–480

Pickup voltage max. 20.4 Vac/Vdc 20.4 Vac/Vdc 20.4 Vac/Vdc

Dropout voltage min. 5 Vac/Vdc 5 Vac/Vdc 5 Vac/Vdc

Max. control current for no operation 1 mA 1 mA 1 mA

Response time max. 70 ms 70 ms 70 ms

S701

V6-T1-34 Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—February 2016 www.eaton.com

1.1

Reduced Voltage Motor Starters

Solid-State Controllers

Soft Starters with Auxiliary Contact—S701…25N3BP, continued

Dimensions

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

Soft Starters with Auxiliary Contact—S701…25N3BP

Description S701C25N3BP S701E25N3BP S701G25N3BP

Control Characteristics

Ramp time (secs) 0.5–20 0.5–20 0.5–20

Ramp settings (% LRT) 85% 85% 85%

Kick start settings (% LRT) 85% 85% 85%

Soft stop (secs) 0.5–20 0.5–20 0.5–20

Environmental Characteristics

Temperature—operating (no derating) –30 ° to 40 °C –30 ° to 40 °C –30 ° to 40 °C

Current rating 50 °C 20A 20A 20A

Limited duty cycle 50 °C 25A on-time max.

15 min. duty cycle max. 0.8

25A on-time max.

15 min. duty cycle max. 0.8

25A on-time max.

15 min. duty cycle max. 0.8

Current rating 60 °C 17A 17A 17A

Limited duty cycle 60 °C 25A on-time max.

15 min. duty cycle max. 0.65

25A on-time max.

15 min. duty cycle max. 0.65

25A on-time max.

15 min. duty cycle max. 0.65

Temperature—storage –30 ° to 80 °C –30 ° to 80 °C –30 ° to 80 °C

Altitude (meters)—no derating 2000 2000 2000

Humidity 95% noncondensing 95% noncondensing 95% noncondensing

Operating position (no derating) Vertical ±30 ° Vertical ±30 ° Vertical ±30 °

Impulse withstand voltage IEC 947-4-1 4000 V 4000 V 4000 V

Rated insulation voltage (Ui) 660 V 660 V 660 V

Installation category III III III

Vibration IEC 68-2-6 5g 10–150 Hz IEC 68-2-6 5g 10–150 Hz IEC 68-2-6 5g 10–150 Hz

Power dissipation for continuous operation 2 W/A without bypass 2 W/A without bypass 2 W/A without bypass

Power dissipation with semiconductor bypassed 5 W/A max. with bypass 5 W/A max. with bypass 5 W/A max. with bypass

Cooling method Natural convection Natural convection Natural convection

Degree of protection IP20 IP20 IP20

Pollution degree 3 3 3

Agency approvals UL, cUL, CE UL, cUL, CE UL, cUL, CE

Catalog Number W H D

Weight

in Lbs (kg)

S701C25N3BP 3.54 (89.9) 3.94 (100.1) 5.04 (128.0) 2.53 (1150)

S701E25N3BP 3.54 (89.9) 3.94 (100.1) 5.04 (128.0) 2.53 (1150)

S701G25N3BP 3.54 (89.9) 3.94 (100.1) 5.04 (128.0) 2.53 (1150)

Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—February 2016 www.eaton.com V6-T1-35

1.1

Reduced Voltage Motor Starters

Solid-State Controllers

Type S701, Soft Start Controllers with Brake

Contents

Description Page

DS7 Soft Start Controllers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-3

Type S701, Soft Start Controllers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-26

Type S701, Soft Start Controllers with

Auxiliary Contact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-32

Type S701, Soft Start Controllers with Brake

Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-36

Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-36

Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-37

Type S511, Semiconductor

Reversing Contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-38

Type S701, Soft Start Controllers with Brake

Product Description

The S701 soft start

controller with DC injection

brake is designed to control

acceleration and deceleration

of three-phase motors. Brake

current is adjustable from

0–50A DC. The ramp-up

feature is adjustable from

0.5–10 seconds. Torque

adjustment is adjustable

with or without break loose

(kick start) function.

Application Description

The S701 line of soft start

controllers is specifically

designed to be a low cost

option for soft starting small

(15 hp and down) three-phase

motors. The braking option

is a DC injection system,

allowing for fast stopping of a

three-phase motor. The S701

unit controls current on two

of the three phases to control

the torque being applied to

the motor, allowing for

smooth starting of a motor.

The S701 is designed to be

used with a manual motor

starter or a full voltage

starter. These devices

provide the necessary

overload protection for the

motor and also provide line

isolation for the motor.

Short-circuit protection can

be provided by fuses or

circuit breakers.

Features

●Rated operational voltage

up to 480 Vac

●Control voltage range

from 24–300 Vac/Vdc

●Adjustable ramp times

(0.5–20 seconds)

●Adjustable initial torque

control (0–85%)

●Kick start feature

(0–85% adjustment)

●Kick start for 200 ms

●IP20 finger protection

●Braking control adjustable

from 0–50A DC

●Slow speed: 7.5% or 10%

of nominal speed

Benefits

●Reduced wear on bolts,

gears, chains, clutches,

shafts and bearings

●Braking option allows for

quick stopping of loads

●Brake control can help

eliminate expensive

mechanical brakes

●Allows for controlling the

inrush current to the motor

●Reduced water-hammer in

pumping applications

●Less shock to product on

conveyor lines and material

handling gear

Standards and Certifications

●IEC 947 compliant

●EN 60947-4-2

●CE marked

●UL listed (E108212)

●cUL listed

V6-T1-36 Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—February 2016 www.eaton.com

1.1

Reduced Voltage Motor Starters

Solid-State Controllers

Product Selection

For S701 catalog number selection, see Page V6-T1-27.

Soft Start Controllers with Brake

Technical Data and Specifications

Soft Starters with Brake—S701…25B3S

Rated

Current

Line

Voltage

Control

Voltage

(Vac/Vdc)

Three-Phase Motor

Catalog

Number

kW Rating (50 Hz) hp Rating

230 V 380–400 V 440 V

200 V 230 V 460 V

1.0 SF 1.15 SF 1.0 SF 1.15 SF 1.0 SF 1.15 SF

25 208–240 24–230 5.5 N/A N/A 5 5 7-1/2 5 N/A N/A S701C25B3S

25 380–480 24–480 N/A 12.5 12.5 N/A N/A N/A N/A 15 15 S701E25B3S

Description S701C25B3S S701E25B3S

Maximum current capacity 25 25

Trip Class

10A 25 25

10 25 25

20 20 20

30 15 15

Electrical Characteristics

Line voltage (Vac) 208–240 380–480

Operating frequency (Hz) 50/60 50/60

Leakage current 5 mA AC max. 5 mA AC max.

Minimum operational current 1A 1A

Control voltage (Vac/Vdc) 24–230 24–480

Pickup voltage max. 20.4 Vac/Vdc 20.4 Vac/Vdc

Dropout voltage min. 5 Vac/Vdc 5 Vac/Vdc

Max. control current for no operation 1 mA 1 mA

Response time max. 100 ms 100 ms

Control Characteristics

Ramp time (secs) 0.5–10 0.5–10

Ramp settings (% LRT) 85% 85%

Kick start settings (% LRT) 85% 85%

Soft stop (secs) 0.5–10 0.5–10

Brake current 0–50 Vdc 0–50 Vdc

S701E25B3S

Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—February 2016 www.eaton.com V6-T1-37

1.1

Reduced Voltage Motor Starters

Solid-State Controllers

Soft Starters with Brake—S701…25B3S, continued

Dimensions

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

Soft Starters with Brake—S701…25B3S

Description S701C25B3S S701E25B3S

Environmental Characteristics

Temperature—operating –30 ° to 40 °C –30 ° to 40 °C

Current rating 50 °C 20A 20A

Limited duty cycle 50 °C 25A on-time max.

15 min. duty cycle max. 0.8

25A on-time max.

15 min. duty cycle max. 0.8

Current rating 60 °C 17A 17A

Limited duty cycle 60 °C 25A on-time max.

15 min. duty cycle max. 0.65

25A on-time max.

15 min. duty cycle max. 0.65

Temperature—storage –30 ° to 80 °C –30 ° to 80 °C

Altitude (meters)—no derating 2000 2000

Humidity 95% noncondensing 95% noncondensing

Operating position Vertical ± 0 ° Vertical ± 0 °

Impulse withstand voltage IEC 947-4-1 4000 V 4000 V

Rated insulation voltage (Ui) 660 V 660 V

Installation category III III

Vibration IEC 68-2-6 5g 10–150 Hz IEC 68-2-6 5g 10–150 Hz

Power dissipation for intermittent operation 2 W/A x duty cycle 2 W/A x duty cycle

Power dissipation for continuous operation 2 W/A 2 W/A

Cooling method Natural convection Natural convection

Degree of protection IP20 IP20

Pollution degree 3 3

Agency approvals UL, cUL, CE UL, cUL, CE

Catalog Number W H D

Weight

in Lbs (kg)

S701C25B3S 3.54 (89.9) 3.94 (100.1) 5.04 (128.0) 2.53 (1150)

S701E25B3S 3.54 (89.9) 3.94 (100.1) 5.04 (128.0) 2.53 (1150)

V6-T1-38 Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—February 2016 www.eaton.com

1.1

Reduced Voltage Motor Starters

Solid-State Controllers

Contents

Description Page

DS7 Soft Start Controllers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-3

Type S701, Soft Start Controllers . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-26

Type S701, Soft Start Controllers with

Auxiliary Contact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-32

Type S701, Soft Start Controllers with Brake . . . . V6-T1-35

Type S511, Semiconductor

Reversing Contactors

Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-39

Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-39

Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-40

Type S511, Semiconductor Reversing Contactors

Product Description

The S511 device is a

semiconductor reversing

contactor designed to switch

three-phase motors forward

and reverse. Unicore

electronics and thermal

design ensures high

switching capacity and

long lifetime.

Application Description

The S511 line of solid-state

reversing contactors is

specifically designed for high

speed operations or when

long contactor life is required.

The reversing contactors are

intended for small motor

applications (5 hp and below).

The S511 unit can be used

in a variety of applications

including fans, pumps,

conveyors, doors, hoists,

cranes, etc. It is designed

to be used with a manual

motor starter or a full voltage

starter. These devices provide

the necessary overload

protection for the motor

and also provide line isolation

for the motor. Short-circuit

protection can be provided by

fuses or circuit breakers.

Features

●Rated operational voltage

up to 480 Vac

●Control voltage ranges

of 5–24 Vdc and

24–240 Vac/Vdc

●Unlimited number of

START/STOP operations

per hour

●IP20 finger protection

●AC-3 current rating of 10A

●AC-4 current rating of 8A

Benefits

●Extremely high switching

rates possible

●Very long life expectancy

and no contacts or

movable parts to replace

●Compact design (45 mm

wide) leads to significant

panel savings

Standards and Certifications

●IEC 947 compliant

●EN 60947-4-2

●CE marked

●CSA certified

●UL listed

Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—February 2016 www.eaton.com V6-T1-39

1.1

Reduced Voltage Motor Starters

Solid-State Controllers

Product Selection

Reversing Solid-State Contactors

Technical Data and Specifications

Semiconductor Reversing Contactors—S511E10N3…

Rated

Current

Line

Voltage

Control

Voltage

Three-Phase Motor

Catalog

Number

kW Rating (50 Hz) hp Rating

230 V 380–400 V 440 V

200 V 230 V 460 V

1.0 SF 1.15 SF 1.0 SF 1.15 SF 1.0 SF 1.15 SF

10 208–4805–24 Vdc 2.24 4223255S511E10N3D

10 208–48024–240 Vac/Vdc2.24 4223255S511E10N3S

Description S511E10N3D S511E10N3S

Maximum current capacity 10 10

Trip Class

10A 10 10

10 10 10

20 8 8

30 6.5 6.5

Electrical Characteristics

Line Voltage (Vac) 208–480 208–480

Operating frequency (Hz) 50/60 50/60

Control voltage 5–24 Vdc 24–240 Vac/Vdc

Pickup voltage max. 4.25 Vdc 20.4 Vac/Vdc

Dropout voltage min. 1.5 Vdc 7.2 Vac/Vdc

Max. control voltage 26.4 Vdc 253 Vac/Vdc

Response time max. 1/2 cycle 1 cycle

Interlock time max. 80 ms 150 ms

Control Characteristics

Operation current AC-3 10 10

Operation current AC-4 8 8

Duty cycle Continuous operation Continuous operation

Leakage current 1 mA AC max. 1 mA AC max.

Minimum operation current 10 mA AC 10 mA AC

Environmental Characteristics

Temperature—operating 0 ° to 60 °C 0 ° to 60 °C

Temperature—storage –20 ° to 80 °C –20 ° to 80 °C

Altitude (meters) 2000 2000

Humidity 95% noncondensing 95% noncondensing

Operating position Vertical ±30 ° Vertical ±30 °

Impulse withstand voltage IEC 947-4-1 4000 V 4000 V

Rated insulation voltage (Ui) 660 V 660 V

Installation category III III

Vibration IEC 68-2-6 5g 10–150 Hz IEC 68-2-6 5g 10–150 Hz

Power dissipation for intermittent operation 2.2 W/A x duty cycle 2.2 W/A x duty cycle

Power dissipation for continuous operation 2.2 W/A 2.2 W/A

Cooling method Natural convection Natural convection

Degree of protection IP20 IP20

Pollution degree 3 3

Agency approvals UL, CSA, CE UL, CSA, CE

V6-T1-40 Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—February 2016 www.eaton.com

1.1

Reduced Voltage Motor Starters

Solid-State Controllers

Mounting Instructions

IMPORTANT: The controller is designed for vertical mounting in free air. If the controller is

mounted horizontally, the load current must be reduced to 50% of rated current.

Recommended Mounting Distances

Dimensions

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

Semiconductor Reversing Contactors—S511E10N3…

Cable Requirements and Sizing

1.18 (30) min.

3.15 (80) min.

Requires

50% Rating

Reduction

3.15 (80) min.

1.18 (30) min.

Requires

50% Rating

Reduction

Catalog Number W H D

Weight

in Lbs (kg)

S511E10N3D 1.77 (45.0) 3.94 (100.1) 5.04 (128.0) 1.52 (690)

S511E10N3S 1.77 (45.0) 3.94 (100.1) 5.04 (128.0) 1.52 (690)

Also refer to dimension drawings on Page V6-T1-41.

75 °C AWG (mm2)AWG (mm

18–12

(0.75–4)

20–16

(0.5–1.5)

2–18

(2 x 1)

2 x 20–18

(2 x 0.5–0.75)

18–10

(0.75–4)

20–16

(0.5–1.5)

2 x 18–14

(2 x 0.75–2.5)

2 x 20–16

(2 x 0.5–1.5)

18–10

(0.75–4)

20–16

(0.5–1.5)

2 x 18–16

(0.75–6)

2 x 20–16

(2 x 0.5–1.5)

Posidrive 1

4.4 in-lb. max.

0.5 Nm max.)

N/A

4 mm

4.4 in-lb max.

(0.5 Nm max.)

3 mm

3.5 in-lb max.

(0.4 Nm max.)

Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—February 2016 www.eaton.com V6-T1-41

1.1

Reduced Voltage Motor Starters

Solid-State Controllers

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

22.5 mm Frame

S511E10N3D, S511E10N3S

45 mm Frame

S511E10N3D, S511E10N3S

90 mm Frame

S511E10N3D, S511E10N3S

4.72

(120)

0.17

(4.3)

3.94

(100)

5.01

(127.3)

4.33

(110)

2.17

(55)

3.70

(94)

0.89

(22.5)

0.10

(4.5)

Dia.

4.72

(120) 0.15

(3.8)

0.17

(4.3)

1.18

(30)

0.10

(4.5)

Dia.

3.94

(100)

5.04

(128.1)

4.33

(110) 3.70

(94)

1.77

(45)

0.33

(8.5)

4.72

(120)

0.17

(4.3)

3.70

(94)

3.94

(100)

4.33

(110)

0.10

(4.5)

Dia.

5.04

(128.0)

3.54

(89.9)

1.18

(30)

1.18

(30)

V6-T1-42 Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—February 2016 www.eaton.com

1.2

Reduced Voltage Motor Starters

Solid-State Starters

Contents

Description Page

Solid-State Starters

Type S611, Soft Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-43

Type S801+, Soft Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-59

Type S811+, Soft Starters with DIM . . . . . . . . V6-T1-75

Product Overview

Type S611

The S611 soft starter is a

powerful combination of

performance capability,

application flexibility, and the

industry’s best user interface

experience.

Designed to control

acceleration and deceleration

of three-phase motors, the

line is available for current

ranges from 26A through

414A applications.

The S611 has integrated

bypass and overload

protection. The S611 is

available as a component for

panel mounting or in

enclosed control—NEMA

Type 1, 12, 3R, 4, 4X.

Type S801+

Eaton’s S801+ line of reduced

voltage soft starters is very

compact, multi-functional,

easy to install and easy to

program. Designed to control

acceleration and deceleration

of three-phase motors, the

line is available for current

ranges from 11A to 1000A

applications, and is suitable

for mounting in motor control

centers or in enclosed control

(NEMA Type 1, 4, 4X and 12)

applications.

Type S811+

Eaton’s S811+ offers all

the popular features of the

S801+ and adds enhanced

functionality with the new

DIM (Digital Interface

Module), communications,

metering, monitoring and

diagnostics capabilities.

Eaton’s line of S811+

reduced voltage soft starters

is very compact, multi-

functional, easy to install and

easy to set operating

parameters. Designed to

control the acceleration and

deceleration of three-phase

motors up to 690 V, the line is

available from 11A to 1000A.

The S811+ is designed to

be a complete package,

combining the silicon

controlled rectifiers (SCRs),

bypass contactor and

overload in one, very compact

unit. The S811+ is available

as a component for panel

mounting, in motor control

centers or in enclosed control

(NEMA Type 1, 3R, 4, 4X, 7/9

and 12).

Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—February 2016 www.eaton.com V6-T1-43

1.2

Reduced Voltage Motor Starters

Solid-State Starters

Type S611, Soft Starter

Contents

Description Page

Type S611, Soft Starters

Features and Benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-44

Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-47

Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-50

Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-51

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-52

Replacement Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-53

Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-54

Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-57

Type S801+, Soft Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-59

Type S811+, Soft Starters with DIM . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-75

Type S611, Soft Starters

Product Description

Eaton revolutionized the

reduced voltage control

marketplace with its

advanced feature set and

user-friendly user interface

module to enhance system

performance and reduce

commissioning times. The

S611 adds enhanced

functionality with network

communications, metering,

monitoring and diagnostics

capabilities.

The Eaton line of S611

reduced voltage soft starters

is multi-functional, easy to

install and easy to program.

Designed to control the

acceleration and deceleration

of three-phase motors up to

600 V, the line is available

from 26 amps through

414 amps.

The S611 is designed to be a

complete package combining

the SCRs, bypass contactor

and overload in one unit.

Application Description

Designed to control the

acceleration and deceleration

of three-phase motors, the

S611 soft starter uses Silicon

Controlled Rectifiers (SCRs)

to control the voltage to soft

start and soft stop the motor.

After the motor is started,

internal run bypass

contactors close, resulting in

the motor running directly

across-the-line. The built-in

solid-state overload protects

the motor from overload

conditions with sophisticated

algorithms that model true

motor heating, resulting in

better motor protection and

fewer nuisance trips.

Advanced protective and

diagnostic features reduce

downtime.

A voltage ramp start or

current limit start is available.

Kick start is available in either

starting mode. The soft stop

option allows for a ramp stop

time that is longer than the

coast to stop time. The pump

control option provides a

smooth transition for starting

and stopping a motor and

eliminating the “water-

hammer” effect that can

damage pipes, valves and

pumps.

The S611 offers an impressive

array of advanced protective

features. Not only are the

protective features selectable,

but many offer variable settings

allowing the user to fine

tune the soft starter to meet

specific system requirements.

The S611 has an easy to use

User Interface Module (UI)

that allows the user to

configure the device and to

read system parameters and

values. The UI includes an

LED display and keypad to

scroll through the various

parameters. The UI allows

the user to modify control

parameters, enable or

disable protections, set

communication variables,

monitor system values such

as line voltages and currents,

and access the fault queue.

User Interface Module (UI)

The UI can be removed from

the S611 and remote

mounted. Kits are available to

door mount the UI, enabling

users to safely configure,

commission, monitor and

troubleshoot the system at

the electrical panel without

opening the enclosure door.

This will help eliminate the

possibility of an arc flash

incident.

Standards and Certifications

●IEC 60947-4-2

●UL listed

●CSA certified (3211 06)

V6-T1-44 Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—February 2016 www.eaton.com

1.2

Reduced Voltage Motor Starters

Solid-State Starters

Features and Benefits

●The User Interface Module

(UI) provides an intuitive,

easy-to-use human

interface with powerful

configuration capabilities to

maximize system

performance

●Door or device mounted UI

enables users to safely

configure, commission,

monitor and troubleshoot

the system at the electrical

panel without opening the

enclosure door, eliminating

the possibility of an arc

flash incident

●System operating

parameters can be

monitored enterprise-wide

through a communications

network. Increase uptime

by providing data for

process management and

preventive diagnostics

●Run bypass mode greatly

reduces internal heating

created by the greater

power dissipation in the

SCRs. Bypass contactors

directly connect the motor

to the line and improves

system efficiency by

reducing internal power

losses

●Internal solid-state

overload protection

provides accurate current

measurement and trip

settings. Sophisticated

algorithms solve a series of

differential equations that

model true motor heating

and cooling, resulting in

superior motor overload

protection while

minimizing nuisance trips.

Advanced selectable

protective features

safeguard the motor and

system against a variety of

system faults

●Internal run bypass

contactors and overload

protection eliminate the

need for additional devices,

reducing enclosure sizes

minimizing installation and

wiring time and reducing

overall assembly size and

cost

●Wide range of overload

FLA settings (50–100% of

rated frame current) and a

selectable trip class (5–30)

offers users the flexibility

to fine tune the starter to

match specific application

requirements

●Variable ramp times and

torque control settings

provide unlimited starting

configurations, allowing for

maximum application

flexibility

●Kick-start feature enables

soft starting of high friction

loads

●Soft stop control for

applications where an

abrupt stop of the load is

not acceptable

●Pump control option with

sophisticated pump

algorithms on both starting

and stopping that minimize

the pressure surges that

cause water hammer. The

pump control option will

maximize the life of the

pump and piping systems

while minimizing the

downtime caused by

system failure

●Six SCRs control all three

motor phases, providing

smooth acceleration and

deceleration performance

●Soft acceleration and

deceleration reduces wear

on belts, gears, chains,

clutches, shafts and

bearings

●Reduce the peak inrush

current's stress on the

power system

●Minimize peak starting

torque to diminish

mechanical system wear

and damage

●120 Vac control voltage

enhances ease of

connections

●The S611 lends itself to

serviceability. The printed

circuit boards (PCBs) and

contactors can be replaced

in the field

●The S611 has built-in

communication capabilities

through two communications

ports to connect the soft

starter to a variety of

networks, including

Modbus (resident),

DeviceNet™, PROFIBUS®,

and Ethernet

Protective Features

All protective features can be configured, enabled or disabled with the UI or through the

communications network.

Motor Overload

The S611 includes electronic

overload protection as

standard. The overload meets

applicable requirements for a

motor overload protective

device. The overload protects

the motor from over heat

conditions with the use of

sophisticated algorithms that

model true motor heating,

resulting in superior motor

protection and fewer

nuisance trips.

The S611 calculates a thermal

memory value. A 100% value

represents the maximum

safe temperature of the

motor. When the thermal

memory value reaches 100%,

an overload trip will occur

removing power to the motor.

Upon trip, the S611 stores

the calculated motor heating

value and will not allow a

motor re-start until the motor

has cooled. This feature

ensures the motor will not

be damaged by repeated

overload trip, reset and

re-start cycles.

The thermal memory value

can be monitored through the

UI or the communications

network. The thermal

memory value can be of great

use in determining an

impending overload trip

condition. Alarms can be

implemented in the process

monitoring system warning

of an impending trip before a

trip occurs halting the

process. Costly system

downtime can be avoided.

The trip current is adjusted to

match the specific application

requirements by entering the

motor nameplate full load

current rating and trip class.

The FLA adjustment includes

a 2 to 1 adjustment range.

The overload trip class is

adjustable from class 5

through class 30. The

overload is ambient

temperature compensated -

meaning its trip

characteristics will not vary

with changes in ambient

temperature. The overload

protection can be enabled,

disabled, or disabled on start.

Short Circuit

The use of a short circuit

protective device in

coordination with the S611 is

required in branch motor

circuits by most electrical

codes. Short circuit

coordination ratings with both

fuses and Eaton molded case

circuit breakers are available

providing customers with

design flexibility. The S611

has short circuit coordination

ratings as an open

component, an enclosed

starter, and in a motor control

center. The short circuit

ratings can go up to 100 kA

depending on application

configuration.

Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—February 2016 www.eaton.com V6-T1-45

1.2

Reduced Voltage Motor Starters

Solid-State Starters

Jam

Excessive current and torque

up to locked rotor levels can

occur in a jam condition. The

condition can result in stress

and damage to the motor,

load, mechanical system, and

the electrical distribution

system. Jam protection

prevents the stress and

damage from a jam during

normal run. After the motor is

started, a current greater than

300% FLA setting will cause

the starter to trip on a jam

fault.

Stall

Excessive current and torque

up to locked rotor levels can

occur in a stall condition. The

condition can lead to an

overload trip and result in

stress and damage to the

motor, load, mechanical

system, and the electrical

distribution system. Stall

protection prevents stress

and damage to a motor that

has not come up to speed, or

stalled after the soft start

time. The S611 will trip to

protect the system in the

event that the motor did not

get to the rated speed in the

defined soft start period. A

current greater than 200%

FLA at the end of the soft

start period will cause the

starter to trip on a stall fault.

Pole Over Temperature

High ambient temperatures,

extended ramp times and

high duty cycle conditions

may cause the S611 power

pole conductors to reach a

temperature that exceeds

their thermal rating. The S611

is equipped with sensors that

monitor the temperature of

the power poles. Over

temperature protection

occurs if the device's thermal

capacity is exceeded. The

soft starter will trip in over

temperature conditions,

preventing device failure.

The device pole temperature

value can be monitored

through the UI or the

communications network.

This feature can be of use in

determining an impending

over temperature trip

condition. Alarms can be

implemented in the process

monitoring system warning

of an impending trip before a

trip occurs, halting the

process. Costly system

shutdown can be avoided.

Phase Loss

Loss of a phase can cause a

significant increase in the

current drawn in the

remaining two phases. Phase

loss can lead to motor

damage before an eventual

overload trip occurs. Phase

loss is typically an indication

of a failure in the electrical

distribution system. The S611

will detect a phase loss and

trip if any phase current drops

below a preset value. The

phase loss trip level is

adjustable from 0% to 100%

of the average of the other

two phase levels with an

adjustable trip delay of 0.1 to

60 seconds.

Phase Imbalance

Phase current or voltage

imbalance can cause a

significant increase in the

current drawn in the

remaining two phases. Phase

imbalance can lead to motor

damage before an eventual

overload trip. Phase

imbalance is typically an

indication of a failure in the

electrical distribution system

or the motor. The S611 will

detect both current and

voltage phase imbalances

and trip if any phase becomes

imbalanced as compared to

the average of the other two

phases.

The phase current imbalance

trip level is adjustable from

0% to 100% of the average

of the current in the other

two phases with an adjustable

trip delay of 0.1 to 60 seconds.

The phase voltage imbalance

trip level is adjustable from

0% to 100% of the average

of the voltage in the other

two phases with an adjustable

trip delay of 0.1 to 60 seconds.

Reset Mode

The S611 can be set up for

automatic or manual reset on

trip. The manual reset mode

requires the operator to

physically press the RESET

button located on the soft

starter. The overload can be

manually reset through the UI

or through the communications

network.

The automatic reset mode

allows the soft starter to be

automatically reset as soon

as the trip condition is no

longer present. With the

automatic reset mode, after

the fault is no longer present,

the motor will be restarted as

soon as a valid start signal is

present.

Phase Reversal

The S611 can determine if

the proper line phase

sequence is present by

default. The device will trip if

the line phase sequence is

something other than A-B-C.

The S611 can be configured

to operate under reversed

phase conditions (A-C-B).

Shorted SCR Detection

The S611 monitors the

operation of the power poles

and will trip under a shorted

SCR condition.

Open SCR Detection

The S611 monitors the

operation of the power poles

and will trip under an open

SCR condition.

Low Current

Low current conditions can

be a result of a loss of load or

a failure in the mechanical

system. The S611 has low

current protection that will

trip if the average RMS current

falls below a preset value.

The low current protection

can be programmed as a

percent of motor FLA from

0% to 100%.

Low Voltage

Low voltage conditions can

result from disturbances

in the electrical power

distribution system. Low

voltage conditions can cause

a malfunction and damage to

electrical equipment. The

S611 has low voltage

protection that will trip if the

average RMS voltage falls

below a preset value. The low

voltage protection can be

programmed as a percent of

nominal voltage from 1% to

99% with a trip delay of 0.1

to 60 seconds.

High Voltage

High voltage conditions can

result from disturbances in

the electrical power

distribution system. High

voltage conditions can cause

malfunctions or failures of

electrical equipment. The

S611 has high voltage

protection that will trip if the

average RMS voltage is

greater than a preset value.

The high voltage protection

can be programmed as a

percent of nominal voltage

from 101% to 120% with a

trip delay of 0.1 to 60 seconds.

V6-T1-46 Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—February 2016 www.eaton.com

1.2

Reduced Voltage Motor Starters

Solid-State Starters

Monitoring Capabilities

The S611 has an impressive

array of system monitoring

capabilities that allow users

to access real time process

and diagnostic data. This data

can be viewed at the device

with the UI or through a

communications network.

Data over a communications

network can provide valuable

insight into the condition

of the equipment and

processes. Maintenance and

production personnel can

monitor critical operational

and maintenance data from

a central control station that

can be located far away

from the production facility.

Process data can be monitored

to determine system anomalies

that may indicate a need for

preventive maintenance or an

Impeding failure.

Adjustments made through

the communications network

can reduce costs by minimizing

the time traveling to the

location where the motor

controls are located. When

faults do occur, real time fault

data can assist maintenance in

troubleshooting and planning

repair resources. Remote

reset signals can be given to

tripped devices without the

need for manual intervention

by maintenance personnel.

Average Line Current

Provides the average of the

three phase RMS line

currents in amps, accurate

to within 2%. Current data

can be used to indicate a

need for maintenance.

Increased currents in a

fixed load application can

indicate a reduction in

system efficiencies and

performance, signifying

system maintenance is due.

Average Pole Current

Provides the average of the

three phase RMS pole

currents in amps, accurate to

within 2%. The pole current

is the current through the soft

starter. The line and pole

current will be identical in

in-line applications, and will

differ in inside-the-delta

applications.

Average Line Current

as a % FLA

Provides the average RMS

line current as a percentage

of the S611 FLA setting.

Three-Phase Line Currents

Provides three RMS phase

line currents in amps,

accurate to within 2%.

Imbalances or changes in

the relative phase current

to one another can indicate

anomalies in the motor or

electrical distribution system.

Three-Phase Pole Currents

Provides three RMS phase

pole currents in amps,

accurate to within 2%. The

pole current is the current

through the soft starter. The

line and pole current will be

identical in in-line applications.

Three-Phase Line Voltages

Provides the individual RMS

three phase line voltages.

Imbalances or changes in the

relative phase voltage to one

another can indicate

anomalies in the motor or

electrical distribution system.

Voltage can be used to

monitor electrical distribution

system performance.

Warnings, alarms and

system actions to low or

high voltage conditions can

be implemented.

Percent Thermal Memory

Provides the real time

calculated thermal memory

value. The S611 calculates

thermal memory value. A

100% value represents the

maximum safe temperature

of the motor. When the

thermal memory value

reaches 100%, an overload

trip will occur, removing

power to the motor.

The thermal memory value

can be of great use in

determining an impending

overload trip Condition.

Alarms can be implemented

in the process monitoring

system warning of an

Impending trip before a trip

occurs, halting the process.

Costly system downtime can

be avoided.

Pole Temperature

Increases in pole temperature

are caused by increases in

ambient temperature, start/

stop times and start duty

cycles. Changes in pole

temperatures represent a

change in system operating

conditions. Identifying

unexpected operating

conditions or changes can

prompt maintenance and aid

in process evaluation

activities.

Power Monitoring

S611 can monitor power and

it can be displayed on the UI.

Start Count

Number of starts are stored

in the device and can be

displayed using field bus.

Diagnostics

Fault Queue

Current fault and a fault

queue containing the last nine

system faults can be read

through the UI or

communications network.

Fault identification can

minimize troubleshooting

time and cost and prevent arc

flash incidents. The fault

queue can be remotely

accessed through a

communications network to

assist in planning

maintenance resources.

30 different faults can be

identified by the S611.

Control Status

The S611 provides data that

represents system conditions

that can be read through the

UI or the communications

network. This data identifies

the status of the system and

the control commands the

system is requesting of the

S611. This can be used for

advanced Troubleshooting

and system integration

activities.

Field Serviceability

In the case of maintenance,

the S611 provides easy

access and replacement of

key components including

control board and internal

bypass contactors—

significantly increasing its

service life. If a component

ever needs to be replaced,

this straightforward operation

can be completed by an end-

user without the need to call

in an outside service

technician or engineer. These

components are stocked and

available for order and quick

fulfillment—ensuring your

operation continues with

minimal downtime.

Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—February 2016 www.eaton.com V6-T1-47

1.2

Reduced Voltage Motor Starters

Solid-State Starters

Operation

Instructional Leaflets

●Instruction Manual: MN03902011E

●Quick Start Guide: MN03901003E

Starting and Stopping Modes

The S611 has a variety of starting and stopping methods to provide superior performance in the

most demanding applications. The motor can be started in either Voltage Ramp Start or Current

Limit Start mode. Kick Start and Soft Stop are available within both starting modes.

Voltage Ramp Start

Provides a voltage ramp to

the motor resulting in a

constant torque increase. The

most commonly used form of

soft start, this start mode

allows you to set the initial

torque value and the duration

of the ramp to full voltage

conditions. Bypass contactors

close after ramp time.

●Adjustable initial torque

0–85% of locked rotor

torque

●Adjustable start ramp

time 0.5–180 seconds

(can be extended with

factory modification)

Starting Characteristics—Ramp Start

Initial

Torque

Kick

Start

Torq

Kick Start Time

100%

Bypass Bypass

Voltage

Ramp Rated

Voltage

Soft Start Time

Start Run

Torque

Time (Seconds)

100%

Start Run

Speed

Time (Seconds)

V6-T1-48 Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—February 2016 www.eaton.com

1.2

Reduced Voltage Motor Starters

Solid-State Starters

Current Limit Start

Limits the maximum current

available to the motor during

the start phase. This mode of

soft starting is used when it

becomes necessary to limit

the maximum starting current

due to long start times or to

protect the motor. This start

mode allows you to set the

maximum starting current as

a percentage of locked rotor

current and the duration of

the current limit. Bypass

contactors close after current

limit time.

●Maximum current of

0–85% locked rotor current

●Adjustable start ramp time

0.5–180 seconds (can be

extended with factory

modification)

Starting Characteristics—Current Limit Start

Kick Start

Selectable feature in both

Voltage Ramp Start and

Current Limit Start modes.

Provides a current and torque

“kick” for 0 to 2.0 seconds.

This provides greater initial

current to develop additional

torque to breakaway a high

friction load.

●0–85% of locked rotor

torque

●0–2.0 seconds duration

Starting Characteristics—Kick Start

Initial

Torque

Kick

Start

Torq

Kick Start Time

100%

Bypass Bypass

Soft Start Time

Start Run

Current

Time (Seconds) Time (Seconds)

100%

Start Run

Speed

100%

Locked Rotor Torque

Ramp

Time (Seconds)

Kick

Start

Run

Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—February 2016 www.eaton.com V6-T1-49

1.2

Reduced Voltage Motor Starters

Solid-State Starters

Soft Stop

Allows for a controlled

stopping of a load. Used

when a stop-time that is

greater than the coast-to-stop

time is desired. Often used

with high friction loads where

a sudden stop may cause

system or load damage.

●Stop time = 0–60 seconds

Starting Characteristics—Soft Stop

Pump Control Option

This option is intended to

reduce the potential for water

hammer in a centrifugal pump

system by using a starting

and stopping algorithm

developed for pump control.

Upon a start command, the

speed of the motor is

increased, under the control

of the S611 soft starter

microprocessor, to achieve a

gentle start. After the speed

has reached its nominal

value, the bypass contactors

close and the pump operates

as with any other starter.

Upon a stop command, the

bypass contactors are

opened and the motor speed

is decreased in a tapered

manner, to gradually slow the

flow until the motor is

brought to a stop.

Pump Control Option

Soft

Stop Time

100%

Run Soft Stop

Speed

Time (Seconds)

Coast to Stop

(Speed)

Soft Stop Ramp

(Voltage)

100%

potS pmuP tfoStratS

Speed

Time (Seconds)

Run

Coast to Stop

V6-T1-50 Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—February 2016 www.eaton.com

1.2

Reduced Voltage Motor Starters

Solid-State Starters

Edge and Level Sensing Control

Edge or Level Sensing is selected with the Start Control parameter in the Advanced Configuration

Menu. Factory default is Level Sensing.

Edge Sensing

Edge sensing requires 120 Vac

power be momentarily

applied to the Start terminal

(with the Permissive terminal

120 Vac) to initiate a start

under all conditions. After a

stop or fault occurs, the

120 Vac must be reapplied to

the start terminal before

another start can occur. This

control configuration should

be used when restarting of

the motor after a fault or stop

must be supervised manually

or as a part of a control

scheme. The cycling of

120 Vac power to the

Permissive terminal before

starting is required regardless

of the position of the auto

reset parameter.

Level Sensing

Level sensing will enable a

motor to restart after a fault is

cleared without cycling 120 V

AC to the Permissive terminal

as long as:

●Permissive terminal is

supplied with 120 Vac

●The auto reset parameter

is set to enabled

●All faults have cleared or

have been reset

This control configuration

should be used where it is

desirable to restart a motor

after a fault without additional

manual or automatic control.

An example of this condition

would be on a remote

pumping station where it is

desirable to automatically

restart a pump after a power

outage without operator

intervention.

Note: If the auto reset feature is

used, CAUTION must be

exercised to assure that any

restart occurs in a safe manner.

Catalog Number Selection

S611 Soft Starters

Ampere Rating

052 = 52A

065 = 65A

077 = 77A

099 = 99A

125 = 125A

156 = 156A

180 = 180A

242 = 242A

302 = 302A

361 = 361A

414 = 414A

S = Standard soft starterS = Soft Starter

611 = Non-combination soft starter Number of Poles

3 = Three-pole device

Options

N = No options

P = Pump control

Frame Size

A = 52–77 Amps

B = 99–125 Amps

C = 156–180 Amps

D = 242 Amps

E = 302–361 Amps

F = 414 Amps

S611 B125 N 3 S

Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—February 2016 www.eaton.com V6-T1-51

1.2

Reduced Voltage Motor Starters

Solid-State Starters

Product Selection

Motor applications and

customer needs come in

many different varieties. With

the standard and severe duty

rating tables, we have

attempted to provide

guidelines on what the soft

starter is capable of. If the

application falls under these

categories, you can use these

charts. For other applications,

or when a question arises,

consult with your local Eaton

Representative or call the

Eaton Technical Resource

Center.

Pump Control Option

For pump control option, change the 8th digit in the Catalog Number to P,

as in S611XXXP3S.

Horsepower Ratings

Note: Always refer to motor plate FLA and ensure that the motor plate FLA is equal to or lower than the

maximum current value in the tables.

Standard Duty—300% Current for 15 Seconds, 115% Continuous

Standard Duty Plus—350% FLA for 30 Seconds, 115% Continuous

Rated

Current (Amps)

Horsepower Rating

Catalog Number208V 240 V 480 V 600 V

52 15 15 40 50 S611A052N3S

65 20 20 50 60 S611A065N3S

77 25 25 60 75 S611A077N3S

99 30 30 75 100 S611B099N3S

125 4040100125S611B125N3S

156 5060125150S611C156N3S

180 6060150150S611C180N3S

242 7575200250S611D242N3S

302 100 100 250 300 S611E302N3S

361 125 150 300 350 S611E361N3S

414 150 150 350 450 S611F414N3S

Rated

Current (Amps)

Horsepower Rating

Catalog Number208V 240 V 480 V 600 V

52 15 15 40 50 S611A052N3S

65 20 20 50 60 S611A065N3S

71 20 25 60 75 S611A077N3S

99 30 30 75 100 S611B099N3S

119 4040100125S611B125N3S

156 5060125150S611C156N3S

180 6060150150S611C180N3S

242 7575200250S611D242N3S

302 100 100 250 300 S611E302N3S

361 125 150 300 350 S611E361N3S

407 150 150 350 400 S611F414N3S

S611

V6-T1-52 Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—February 2016 www.eaton.com

1.2

Reduced Voltage Motor Starters

Solid-State Starters

Note: Always refer to motor plate FLA and ensure that the motor plate FLA is equal to or lower than the

maximum current value in the tables.

Heavy Duty—500% FLA for 30 Seconds, 125% Continuous

Severe Duty—600% FLA for 30 Seconds, 125% Continuous

Accessories

Optional Accessory Kits

Rated

Current (Amps)

Horsepower Rating

Catalog Number208V 240 V 480 V 600 V

49 15 15 40 50 S611A052N3S

83 25 30 60 75 S611B099N3S

142 4060125150S611C156N3S

225 7575200200S611D242N3S

256 75 100 200 250 S611E361N3S

285 100 125 250 300 S611F414N3S

Rated

Current (Amps)

Horsepower Rating

Catalog Number208V 240 V 480 V 600 V

41 10 15 30 40 S611A052N3S

69 20 30 60 60 S611B099N3S

117 3050100125S611C180N3S

187 6075150200S611D242N3S

213 7575150200S611E361N3S

238 75 100 200 250 S611F414N3S

Description

S611 Current

Rating

Accessory Kit

Part Number

User interface remote mounting kit —3.28 ft (1 m) 52–414A S611-RMK-100

User interface remote mounting kit—6.56 ft (2 m) 52–414A S611-RMK-200

User interface remote mounting kit—9.84 ft (3 m) 52–414A S611-RMK-300

User interface communication cable—3.28 ft (1 m) 52–414A D77E-QPIP100

User interface communication cable—6.56 ft (2 m) 52–414A D77E-QPIP200

User interface communication cable—9.84 ft (3 m) 52–414A D77E-QPIP300

Lug kit—mechanical 52–77A S611-LUG-M01

99–125A S611-LUG-M02

156–242A S611-LUG-M03

302–414A S611-LUG-M04

S611

Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—February 2016 www.eaton.com V6-T1-53

1.2

Reduced Voltage Motor Starters

Solid-State Starters

C441 Communication Card Options

Designed for use with soft starters …

Note: Refer to Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection, CA08100006E, tab 5.4 for additional details and

BR042002EN brochure for C441 communication module accessories for overload relays and soft starters.

Replacement Parts

S611 Replacement Components

Catalog

Number

Input

Signal Type

General

Purpose I/O 1

Protocol S611 Mounting Options

Modbus RTU C441NS 120 Vac ■ ■ Standalone—DIN rail/panel mount

C441PS 24 Vdc ■ ■ Standalone—DIN rail/panel mount

DeviceNet C441KS 120 Vac ■ ■ Standalone—DIN rail/panel mount

C441LS 24 Vdc ■ ■ Standalone—DIN rail/panel mount

PROFIBUS C441SS 120 Vac ■ ■ Standalone—DIN rail/panel mount

C441QS 24 Vdc ■ ■ Standalone—DIN rail/panel mount

Modbus TCP,

EtherNet/IP

C441U 120 Vac ■ ■ Standalone—DIN rail/panel mount

C441V 24 Vdc ■ ■ Standalone—DIN rail/panel mount

Recommended Power Supply Catalog Number

85–264 Vac single-phase input, 24 Vdc output PSG240E24RM

360–575 Vac three-phase input, 24 Vdc output PSG240F24RM

Description Part Number

User interface S611-KEYPAD Control board assembly—77A pump S611-PCB-077P

User interface communication cable—0.25m (0.82 ft) D77E-QPIP25 Control board assembly—99A pump S611-PCB-099P

Control board assembly—52A standard S611-PCB-052S Control board assembly—125A pump S611-PCB-125P

Control board assembly—65A standard S611-PCB-065S Control board assembly—156A pump S611-PCB-156P

Control board assembly—77A standard S611-PCB-077S Control board assembly—180A pump S611-PCB-180P

Control board assembly—99A standard S611-PCB-099S Control board assembly—242A pump S611-PCB-242P

Control board assembly—125A standard S611-PCB-125S Control board assembly—302A pump S611-PCB-302P

Control board assembly—156A standard S611-PCB-156S Control board assembly—361A pump S611-PCB-361P

Control board assembly—180A standard S611-PCB-180S Control board assembly—414A pump S611-PCB-414P

Control board assembly—242A standard S611-PCB-242S Frame A/B CT S611-CT-AB

Control board assembly—302A standard S611-PCB-302S Frame C/D CT S611-CT-CD

Control board assembly—361A standard S611-PCB-361S Frame E/F CT S611-CT-EF

Control board assembly—414A standard S611-PCB-414S Contactor assembly—52–180A C25DNY172

Control board assembly—52A pump S611-PCB-052P Contactor assembly—242–414A C25DNY173

Control board assembly—65A pump S611-PCB-065P

Communications

The S611 is equipped with

native Modbus RTU

communication capabilities

and may be connected to a

variety of networks, including

DeviceNet, Modbus TCP,

EtherNet/IP and PROFIBUS

using the C441 series

communication modules for

easy integration into any

PLC or DCS system.

The modules come standard

with four inputs and two relay

outputs. C441 communication

modules can also be used

independently for standalone

I/O applications.

V6-T1-54 Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—February 2016 www.eaton.com

1.2

Reduced Voltage Motor Starters

Solid-State Starters

Technical Data and Specifications

Soft Starters—S611

Description

S611 Soft Starter (Partial Catalog Number)

S611A052… S611A065… S611A072… S611B099…

Max. current capacity A 52 65 77 99

FLA range A 26–52 32.5–65 38.5–77 48–99

Dimensions

Width inch (mm) 11.58 (294) 11.58 (294) 11.58 (294) 11.58 (294)

Height inch (mm) 19.45 (494) 19.45 (494) 19.45 (494) 19.45 (494)

Depth inch (mm) 7.46 (189) 7.46 (189) 7.46 (189) 7.46 (189)

Weight lb (kg) 24 (11) 24 (11) 24 (11) 24 (11)

General Information

Bypass mechanical lifespan 10M 10M 10M 10M

Insulating voltage V 660 660 660 660

Ramp time range Seconds 0.5–180 0.5–180 0.5–180 0.5–180

Vibration resistance—non-operating g 3g up to 242A units, 2g on

302A to 414A units

3g up to 242A units, 2g on

302A to 414A units

3g up to 242A units, 2g on

302A to 414A units

3g up to 242A units, 2g on

302A to 414A units

Vibration resistance—operatingg1111

Shock resistance g 15g up to 242A units, 5g on

302A to 414A units

15g up to 242A units, 5g on

302A to 414A units

15g up to 242A units, 5g on

302A to 414A units

15g up to 242A units, 5g on

302A to 414A units

Electrical Information

Operating voltage V 130–600 130–600 130–600 130–600

Operating frequency Hertz 47–63 47–63 47–63 47–63

Overload setting (frame) % FLA 50–100 50–100 50–100 50–100

Trip class 5, 10, 20, 30 5, 10, 20, 30 5, 10, 20, 30 5, 10, 20, 30

Cabling Capacity (IEC 947)

Number of conductors 1111

Wire sizes AWG 14–2/0 14–2/0 14–2/0 14–2/0

Type of connectors Lug Lug Lug Lug

Control Wiring

Wire sizes AWG 22–12 22–12 22–12 22–12

Number of conductors 2 (or one 12–14 AWG) 2 (or one 12–14 AWG) 2 (or one 12–14 AWG) 2 (or one 12–14 AWG)

Torque requirements lb-in 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5

Maximum size AWG12121212

Control Power Requirements

Voltage range (120 V ±10%) V 108–132 108–132 108–132 108–132

Steady state current A 0.375 0.375 0.375 0.375

Inrush current A 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5

Ripple %1111

Relays (1) Class A and C

Voltage AC—maximum V 120 120 120 120

Voltage DC—maximum V 24 24 24 24

Amps—maximumA3333

Environment

Temperature—operating °C –20° to 50°C –20° to 50°C –20° to 50°C –20° to 50°C

Temperature—storage °C –40° to 85°C –40° to 85°C –40° to 85°C –40° to 85°C

Altitude Meters <2000m, derate 0.5% per

100m >2000m

<2000m, derate 0.5% per

100m >2000m

<2000m, derate 0.5% per

100m >2000m

<2000m, derate 0.5% per

100m >2000m

Humidity % <95% non-condensing <95% non-condensing <95% non-condensing <95% non-condensing

Operating position Vertical, line side up Vertical, line side up Vertical, line side up Vertical, line side up

Pollution degree IEC947-1 3333

Impulse withstand voltage IEC947-4-1 V 6000 6000 6000 6000

Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—February 2016 www.eaton.com V6-T1-55

1.2

Reduced Voltage Motor Starters

Solid-State Starters

Soft Starters—S611, continued

Description

S611 Soft Starter (Partial Catalog Number)

S611B125… S611C156… S611C180… S611D242…

Max. current capacity A 125 156 180 242

FLA range A 62.5–125 78–156 90–180 120–242

Dimensions

Width inch (mm) 11.58 (294) 11.58 (294) 11.58 (294) 11.58 (294)

Height inch (mm) 19.45 (494) 20.83 (529) 20.83 (529) 20.83 (529)

Depth inch (mm) 7.46 (189) 8.37 (213) 8.37 (213) 8.37 (213)

Weight lb (kg) 24 (11) 33 (15) 33 (15) 38 (17)

General Information

Bypass mechanical lifespan 10M 10M 10M 10M

Insulating voltage V 660 660 660 660

Ramp time range Seconds 0.5–180 0.5–180 0.5–180 0.5–180

Vibration resistance—non-operating g 3g up to 242A units, 2g on

302A to 414A units

3g up to 242A units, 2g on

302A to 414A units

3g up to 242A units, 2g on

302A to 414A units

3g up to 242A units, 2g on

302A to 414A units

Vibration resistance—operatingg1111

Shock resistance g 15g up to 242A units, 5g on

302A to 414A units

15g up to 242A units, 5g on

302A to 414A units

15g up to 242A units, 5g on

302A to 414A units

15g up to 242A units, 5g on

302A to 414A units

Electrical Information

Operating voltage V 130–600 130–600 130–600 130–600

Operating frequency Hertz 47–63 47–63 47–63 47–63

Overload setting (frame) % FLA 50–100 50–100 50–100 50–100

Trip class 5, 10, 20, 30 5, 10, 20, 30 5, 10, 20, 30 5, 10, 20, 30

Cabling Capacity (IEC 947)

Number of conductors 1111

Wire sizes AWG 2–600 kcmil 2–600 kcmil 2–600 kcmil 2–600 kcmil

Type of connectors Lug Lug Lug Lug

Control Wiring

Wire sizes AWG 22–12 22–12 22–12 22–12

Number of conductors 2 (or one 12–14 AWG) 2 (or one 12–14 AWG) 2 (or one 12–14 AWG) 2 (or one 12–14 AWG)

Torque requirements lb-in 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5

Maximum size AWG12121212

Control Power Requirements

Voltage range (120 V ±10%) V 108–132 108–132 108–132 108–132

Steady state current A 0.375 0.375 0.375 0.375

Inrush current A 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5

Ripple %1111

Relays (1) Class A and C

Voltage AC—maximum V 120 120 120 120

Voltage DC—maximum V 24 24 24 24

Amps—maximumA3333

Environment

Temperature—operating °C –20° to 50°C –20° to 50°C –20° to 50°C –20° to 50°C

Temperature—storage °C –40° to 85°C –40° to 85°C –40° to 85°C –40° to 85°C

Altitude Meters <2000m, derate 0.5% per

100m >2000m

<2000m, derate 0.5% per

100m >2000m

<2000m, derate 0.5% per

100m >2000m

<2000m, derate 0.5% per

100m >2000m

Humidity % <95% non-condensing <95% non-condensing <95% non-condensing <95% non-condensing

Operating position Vertical, line side up Vertical, line side up Vertical, line side up Vertical, line side up

Pollution degree IEC947-1 3333

Impulse withstand voltage IEC947-4-1 V 6000 6000 6000 6000

V6-T1-56 Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—February 2016 www.eaton.com

1.2

Reduced Voltage Motor Starters

Solid-State Starters

Soft Starters—S611, continued

Description

S611 Soft Starter (Partial Catalog Number)

S611E302… S611E361… S611F414…

Max. current capacity A 302 361 414

FLA range A 151–302 180.5–361 207–414

Dimensions

Width inch (mm) 17.56 (446) 17.56 (446) 17.56 (446)

Height inch (mm) 31.15 (791) 31.15 (791) 31.15 (791)

Depth inch (mm) 9.54 (242) 9.54 (242) 9.54 (242)

Weight lb (kg) 86 (39) 86 (39) 102 (46)

General Information

Bypass mechanical lifespan 10M 10M 10M

Insulating voltage V 660 660 660

Ramp time range Seconds 0.5–180 0.5–180 0.5–180

Vibration resistance—non-operating g 3g up to 242A units, 2g on

302A to 414A units

3g up to 242A units, 2g on

302A to 414A units

3g up to 242A units, 2g on

302A to 414A units

Vibration resistance—operating g 1 1 1

Shock resistance g 15g up to 242A units, 5g on

302A to 414A units

15g up to 242A units, 5g on

302A to 414A units

15g up to 242A units, 5g on

302A to 414A units

Electrical Information

Operating voltage V 130–600 130–600 130–600

Operating frequency Hertz 47–63 47–63 47–63

Overload setting (frame) % FLA 50–100 50–100 50–100

Trip class 5, 10, 20, 30 5, 10, 20, 30 5, 10, 20, 30

Cabling Capacity (IEC 947)

Number of conductors 2 2 2

Wire sizes AWG 2–600 kcmil 2–600 kcmil 2–600 kcmil

Type of connectors Lug Lug Lug

Control Wiring

Wire sizes AWG 22–12 22–12 22–12

Number of conductors 2 (or one 12–14 AWG) 2 (or one 12–14 AWG) 2 (or one 12–14 AWG)

Torque requirements lb-in 3.5 3.5 3.5

Maximum size AWG 12 12 12

Control Power Requirements

Voltage range (120 V ±10%) V 108–132 108–132 108–132

Steady state current A 0.75 0.75 0.75

Inrush currentA111

Ripple %111

Relays (1) Class A and C

Voltage AC—maximum V 120 120 120

Voltage DC—maximum V 24 24 24

Amps—maximum A 3 3 3

Environment

Temperature—operating °C –20° to 50°C –20° to 50°C –20° to 50°C

Temperature—storage °C –40° to 85°C –40° to 85°C –40° to 85°C

Altitude Meters <2000m, derate 0.5% per

100m >2000m

<2000m, derate 0.5% per

100m >2000m

<2000m, derate 0.5% per

100m >2000m

Humidity % <95% non-condensing <95% non-condensing <95% non-condensing

Operating position Vertical, line side up Vertical, line side up Vertical, line side up

Pollution degree IEC947-1 3 3 3

Impulse withstand voltage IEC947-4-1 V 6000 6000 6000

Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—February 2016 www.eaton.com V6-T1-57

1.2

Reduced Voltage Motor Starters

Solid-State Starters

Dimensions

Approximate Dimensions in inches (mm)

S611A…, S611B…

S611C…, S611D…

2.76

(70.0)

2.76

(70.0)

7.43

(188.6)

4.21

(107.0)

19.47

(494.5)

18.30

(464.7)

4.33

(110.0)

11.58

(294.2)

3.15

(80.0)

3.15

(80.0)

Ø 0.39 (10.0)

8 Places

3.54

(90.0)

8.57

(217.6)

5.20

(132.0)

2.76

(70.0)

2.76

(70.0)

21.01

(533.6)

18.30

(464.7)

4.33

(110.0)

3.15

(80.0)

3.15

(80.0)

Ø 0.39

(10.0)

8 Places

3.54

(90.0)

11.58

(294.2)

V6-T1-58 Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—February 2016 www.eaton.com

1.2

Reduced Voltage Motor Starters

Solid-State Starters

Approximate Dimensions in inches (mm)

S611E…, S611F…

9.50

(241.3)

6.81

(172.9)

5.00

(127.0)

6.10

(155.0)

5.00

(127.0)

29.69

(754.1)

22.13

(562.0)

5.00

(127.0)

6.10

(155.0)

5.00

(127.0)

Ø 0.53

(13.5)

8 Places

17.56

(446.1)

Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—February 2016 www.eaton.com V6-T1-59

1.2

Reduced Voltage Motor Starters

Solid-State Starters

Type S801+, Soft Starters

Contents

Description Page

Type S611, Soft Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-43

Type S801+, Soft Starters

Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-60

Features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-62

Benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-62

Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-62

User Manuals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-62

Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-62

Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-63

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-65

Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-66

Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-67

Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-71

Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-71

Type S811+, Soft Starters with DIM. . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-75

Type S801+, Soft Starters

Product Description

Eaton’s S801+ line of

reduced voltage soft starters

is very compact, multi-

functional, easy to install and

easy to program. Designed to

control acceleration and

deceleration of three-phase

motors, the line is available

for current ranges from 11A

all the way through 1000A

applications, and is suitable

for mounting in motor control

centers or in enclosed control

(NEMA 1, 4, 4X and 12)

applications.

Application Description

The S801+ line of soft

starters is designed to be the

smallest, most compact soft

starter in the market today.

With this small size, it can

easily fit in place of existing

soft starter designs, wye-

delta starters or across-the-

line NEMA and IEC starters.

This feature allows easy

retrofits of existing motor

control centers or enclosures,

and saves the expense of

replacing existing structure

or adding a new one to house

a soft starter.

The product is designed

to work with three-phase

motors in a delta (three-lead)

configuration. The S801+

works with all motors from

fractional horsepower up to

motors requiring 1000A of

steady-state current. The

built-in overload (in ranges

from 11–1000A) and run

bypass contactor make

installation and setup quick

and easy. The overload

also offers some advanced

protective functions to give

additional motor protection.

V6-T1-60 Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—February 2016 www.eaton.com

1.2

Reduced Voltage Motor Starters

Solid-State Starters

Operation

Overload Functionality

Overtemperature

Protects the device from

overheating. Starter will

shut down at 100°C.

Stall

Selectable protective feature,

unit trips to protect system in

event motor can not get to

rated speed in the defined

ramp period.

Jam

Selectable protective feature,

unit trips to prevent damage

to motor during normal run.

Phase Loss

Selectable protective feature,

trips under voltage loss

condition to any phase.

Phase Reversal

Selectable protective feature,

trips when phase rotation is

something other than A-B-C.

Kick Start

Selectable feature that

provides a current “kick”

of up to 550% of full load

current for 0 to 2.0 seconds.

This provides the additional

torque required at startup to

break free a motor.

Ramp Start

Provides a constant increase

in torque to the motor.

Current Limit Start

Limits the maximum current

available to the motor during

the startup phase.

Soft Stop

Allows for a controlled

stopping of a frictional load.

Shorted SCR Detection

Monitors for shorted SCR

in the power poles.

Starting Characteristics

Kick Start

Provides an initial boost of

current to the motor to help

overcome motor inertia and

begin motor rotation.

●0–85% of locked rotor

torque

●0–2.0 seconds duration

Starting Characteristics—Kick Start

Ramp Start

The most commonly used

form of soft start. This allows

you to set the initial torque

value (of the ramp) and then

raises it to full voltage

conditions.

●Adjustable initial torque =

0–85% of locked

rotor torque

●Adjustable ramp time =

0.5–180 seconds

Starting Characteristics—Ramp Start

100%

Locked Rotor Torque

Ramp

Time (Seconds)

Kick

Start

Run

100%

Locked Rotor Torque

Time (Seconds)

Initial

Torque

Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—February 2016 www.eaton.com V6-T1-61

1.2

Reduced Voltage Motor Starters

Solid-State Starters

Current Limit

This mode of soft starting

is used when it becomes

necessary to limit the

maximum starting current

due to long start times or

to protect the motor.

●Maximum current of

0–85% locked rotor current

●Adjustable ramp time =

0.5–180 seconds

Starting Characteristics—Current Limit

Soft Stop

Used when an extended

coast-to-rest period is

desired. Often used with high

friction loads where a sudden

stop may cause system or

product damage.

●Stop time = 0–60 seconds

Starting Characteristics—Soft Stop

Run

Max.

Allowed

100%

FLA

Current

Time (Seconds)

Ramp

Time (Seconds)

Run

V6-T1-62 Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—February 2016 www.eaton.com

1.2

Reduced Voltage Motor Starters

Solid-State Starters

Features

●Built-in overload protection

●Built-in run bypass

contactor

●Adjustable ramp times

●Adjustable torque control

●Adjustable kick start

control

●Programmable overload

settings, 31–100% (3.2:1)

of rated current for the unit

●Physically fits in place of

most NEMA and IEC

starters

●Easy to use control

interface module

●Soft stop control

●Multiple trip class settings

(5, 10, 20 and 30)

●Six SCR control

●Optional CIM door mount

kit for safety

●Optional IP20 protection

Benefits

●Reduced wear on belts,

gears, chains, clutches,

shafts and bearings

●Allows for controlling the

inrush current to the motor

●Reduced inrush current

leads to more stable power

grid and can lower peak

demand charges

●Less shock to product on

conveyor lines and material

handling gear

●24 Vdc control enhances

personnel and equipment

safety

Standards and Certifications

●IEC 947 compliant

●EN 60947-4-2

●CSA certification

●cULus listed

(File No. E202571)

●CE marked

●CSA elevator (2411 01)

User Manuals

A comprehensive user manual

is available and can be

downloaded free of charge

from www.eaton.com by

performing a document search

for MN03900002E.

Catalog Number Selection

S801+ Open Soft Starters 12

Notes

1S801+T…, S801+U… and S801+V… units require lug kits found on Page V6-T1-65.

2All units require a 24 Vdc power supply found on catalog Page V6-T1-65, or equivalent.

3S801+U50N35 unit does not have IEC certification.

S = Soft starter

801+ = Non-combination

soft starter

S801+ N66 N 3 S

Number of Poles

3 = Three-pole device

Options

N = Standard

S = Standard soft starter

Frame Size

N = 65 mm

R = 110 mm

T = 200 mm

U = 200 mm

V = 290 mm

Ampere Rating

37 = 37A

66 = 66A

10 = 105A

13 = 135A

18 = 180A

24 = 240A

30 = 304A

36 = 360A

42 = 420A

50 = 500A 3

65 = 650A

72 = 720A

85 = 850A

10 = 1000A

Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—February 2016 www.eaton.com V6-T1-63

1.2

Reduced Voltage Motor Starters

Solid-State Starters

Product Selection

Standard Duty Ratings

The table below is the base ratings for the soft starter. The tables included in this catalog are

meant to be a reference table for different applications, but to match a unit to your exact

application, consult with your local Eaton representative or call our Technical Resource Center.

Standard Duty Ratings

Motor applications and

customer needs come in

many different varieties.

With the standard and severe

duty rating tables, we have

attempted to provide

guidelines on what the soft

starter is capable of.

If the application falls under

these categories, you can

use these charts. For other

applications, or when a

question arises, consult

with your local Eaton

representative or call our

Technical Resource Center.

Standard Duty—15 Second Ramp, 300% Current Limit at 40°C, Inline Connection

Note

1 S801+U50N3S does not have IEC certification.

Starting Method

Ramp Current

% of FLA

Ramp Time

Seconds Starts per Hour

Ambient

Temperature

Soft start 300% 30 sec. 3 50°C

Full voltage 500% 10 sec. 3 50°C

Wye-delta 350% 20 sec. 3 50°C

80% RVAT 480% 20 sec. 2 50°C

65% RVAT 390% 20 sec. 3 50°C

50% RVAT 300% 20 sec. 4 50°C

Rated

Current

Three-Phase Motors

Catalog

Number

kW Rating (50 Hz) hp Rating (60 Hz)

230V 380–400V 440V

200V 230V 460V 575–600V

1.0SF 1.15SF 1.0SF 1.15SF 1.0SF 1.15SF 1.0SF 1.15SF

Frame Size N

37 10 18.5 18.5 10 10 10 10 25 20 30 30 S801+N37N3S

66 18.5 30 37 20 15 20 20 50 40 60 50 S801+N66N3S

Frame Size R

105 30 55 59 30254030756010075S801+R10N3S

135 40 63 80 40 30 50 40 100 75 125 100 S801+R13N3S

Frame Size T

180 51 90 110 60 50 60 60 150 125 150 150 S801+T18N3S

240 75 110 147 75 60 75 75 200 150 200 200 S801+T24N3S

304 90 160 185 100 75 100 100 250 200 300 250 S801+T30N3S

Frame Size U

360 110 185 220 125 100 150 125 300 250 350 300 S801+U36N3S

420 129 220 257 150 125 175 150 350 300 450 350 S801+U42N3S

500 150 257 300 150 150 200 150 400 350 500 450 S801+U50N3S 1

Frame Size V

360 110 185 220 125 100 150 125 300 250 350 300 S801+V36N3S

420 129 220 257 150 125 175 150 350 300 450 350 S801+V42N3S

500 150 257 300 150 150 200 150 400 350 500 450 S801+V50N3S

650 200 355 425 250 200 250 200 500 450 600 500 S801+V65N3S

720 220 400 450 — — 300 250 600 500 700 600 S801+V72N3S

850 257 475 500 — — 350 300 700 600 900 700 S801+V85N3S

1000 277 525 550 — — 400 350 800 700 900 800 S801+V10N3S

S801+

V6-T1-64 Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—February 2016 www.eaton.com

1.2

Reduced Voltage Motor Starters

Solid-State Starters

Severe Duty Ratings

The table below is the base ratings for the soft starter. The tables included in this catalog are

meant to be a reference table for different applications, but to match a unit to your exact

application, consult with your local Eaton representative or call our Technical Resource Center.

Severe Duty Ratings

Severe duty ratings are

defined as any combination of

parameters that exceed the

standard duty ratings where

the ramp time is over 30

seconds, and/or the number

of starts per hour exceeds 4,

and/or the current limit set is

over 300%. Example: 35-

second ramp, 5 starts per

hour, 350% current limit at

40°C ambient.

Severe Duty—>30 Second Ramp, >300% Current Limit

Note

1 S801+U50N3S unit does not have IEC certification.

Starting Method

Ramp Current

% of FLA

Ramp Time

Seconds Starts per Hour

Ambient

Temperature

Soft start 450% 30 sec. 4 50°C

Full voltage 500% 10 sec. 10 50°C

Wye-delta 350% 65 sec. 3 50°C

80% RVAT 480% 25 sec. 4 50°C

65% RVAT 390% 40 sec. 4 50°C

50% RVAT 300% 60 sec. 4 50°C

Rated

Current

Three-Phase Motor

Catalog

Number

kW Rating (50 Hz) hp Rating (60 Hz)

230V 380–400V 440V

200V 230V 460V 575V

1.0SF 1.15SF 1.0SF 1.15SF 1.0SF 1.15SF 1.0SF 1.15SF

Frame Size N

22 5.5 10 11 5 5 7-1/2 5 15 10 20 15 S801+N37N3S

42 11 18.522 1010151030254030S801+N66N3S

Frame Size R

65 15 30 33 15 15 20 15 50 40 50 50 S801+R10N3S

80 22 40 45 25 20 30 25 60 50 75 60 S801+R13N3S

Frame Size T

115 335963303040307575100100S801+T18N3S

150 45 80 90 50 40 50 50 100 100 150 125 S801+T24N3S

192 55 100 110 60 50 75 60 150 125 200 150 S801+T30N3S

Frame Size U

240 75 110 147 75 60 75 75 200 150 200 200 S801+U36N3S

305 90 160 185 100 75 100 100 250 200 300 250 S801+U42N3S

365 110 185 220 125 100 150 125 300 250 350 300 S801+U50N3S 1

Frame Size V

240 75 110 147 75 60 75 75 200 150 200 200 S801+V36N3S

305 90 160 185 100 75 100 100 250 200 300 250 S801+V42N3S

365 110 185 220 125 100 150 125 300 250 350 300 S801+V50N3S

420 129 220 257 150 125 150 150 350 300 450 350 S801+V65N3S

480 147 257 295 150 150 200 150 400 350 500 450 S801+V72N3S

525 160 280 335 150 150 200 150 450 350 500 450 S801+V85N3S

600 185 315 375 200 150 250 200 500 450 600 500 S801+V10N3S

S801+

Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—February 2016 www.eaton.com V6-T1-65

1.2

Reduced Voltage Motor Starters

Solid-State Starters

Accessories

Lug Kits

S801+T…, S801+U… and

S801+V… soft starters each

have different lug options

based on your wiring needs.

Each lug kit contains three

lugs that can be mounted on

either the load or line side.

Lug Kits

Power Supplies

24 Vdc power supply that can

be used with the S801+ SSRV

or as a stand-alone device.

Power Supplies

Lug Cover Kits

Replacement covers for the

S801+T… and S801+U…

soft starters are available in

case of damage to the

existing covers.

Lug Cover Kits

IP20 Kits

Surge Suppressors

The surge suppressor can

mount on either the line or

load side of the soft starter.

It is designed to clip the line

voltage (or load side induced

voltage).

Surge Suppressors

S801+

Catalog Number Description

Kits

Required

Catalog

Number

S801+T…,

S801+U…

2 cable connections, 4 AWG to 1/0 cable 2 EML22

1 cable connection, 4/0 to 500 kcmil cable EML23

2 cable connections, 4/0 to 500 kcmil cable EML24

1 cable connection, 2/0 to 300 kcmil cable EML25

2 cable connections, 2/0 to 300 kcmil cable EML26

S801+V… 2 cable connections, 4/0 to 500 kcmil cable 2 EML28

4 cable connections, 4/0 to 500 kcmil cable EML30

6 cable connections, 4/0 to 500 kcmil cable EML32

4 cable connections, 2/0 to 300 kcmil cable EML33

Lug Kit

Description

Catalog

Number

85–264 Vac input

24 Vdc output

PSG240E

360–575 Vac input

24 Vdc output

PSG240F

600 Vac input

24 Vdc output

PSS55D

Description

Catalog

Number

Lug cover S801+T…,

S801+U…

EML27

Lug cover S801+V… EML34

Description

Catalog

Number

S801+N… SS-IP20-N

S801+R… SS-IP20-R

S801+T… and S801+U… SS-IP20-TU

S801+V… SS-IP20-V

Description

Catalog

Number

600 V MOV for S801+… units EMS39

690 V MOV for S801+… units EMS41

Surge Suppressor

V6-T1-66 Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—February 2016 www.eaton.com

1.2

Reduced Voltage Motor Starters

Solid-State Starters

Mounting Plates

The mounting plates are

designed to help make it easy

to install or retrofit the soft

starter into enclosures and

MCCs. The soft starter can

be mounted onto the plate

prior to installation. The

mounting plate is designed

with tear drop mounting

holes for easier installation.

Mounting Plates

Vibration Plates

The vibration plates allow the

soft starter to be applied in

high shock and vibration

applications. The vibration

plate allows vibration up to 5g

and shock in up to 40g. The

soft starter is mounted onto

the vibration plate prior to

installation in the panel.

Vibration Plates

Adapter Plates

The adapter plate allows

customers to retrofit a

S801+V… soft starter with

the S801+U… soft starter.

Adapter Plates

Control Wire Connector

Control Interface Module

The Control Interface

Module (CIM) is available

as a replacement part.

CIM

Options

Cooling Fan Kit

The EMM18 cooling fan kit

mounts on either side of any

frame size S801+ soft starter

to provide additional printed

circuit board cooling in high

ambient operating

temperatures.

Cooling Fan Kit

Description

Catalog

Number

S801+N… EMM13N

S801+R… EMM13R

S801+T… and S801+U… EMM13T

S801+V… EMM13V

Description

Catalog

Number

S801+N… EMM14N

S801+R… EMM14R

S801+T… and S801+U… EMM14T

S801+V… EMM14V

Description

Catalog

Number

Adapter plates EMM13U

Description

Catalog

Number

12-pin, 5 mm pitch connector

for control wiring

EMA75

Description

Catalog

Number

Blank cover (filler) EMA68

CIM for standard unit EMA71

Panel mounting kit

3 ft cable EMA69A

5 ft cable EMA69B

8 ft cable EMA69C

10 ft cable EMA69D

Description

Catalog

Number

Fan kit EMM18

Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—February 2016 www.eaton.com V6-T1-67

1.2

Reduced Voltage Motor Starters

Solid-State Starters

Technical Data and Specifications

Soft Starters—S801+

Description

S801+N37N3S S801+N66N3S S801+R10N3S S801+R13N3S

Max. current capacity 37 66 105 135

General Information

Bypass mechanical lifespan 10M 10M 10M 10M

Insulating voltage Ui 660 V 660 V 660 V 660 V

Ramp time range 0.5–180 seconds 0.5–180 seconds 0.5–180 seconds 0.5–180 seconds

Resistance to vibration 3g 3g 3g 3g

Resistance to shock 15g 15g 15g 15g

Electrical Information

Operating voltage 200–600 V 200–600 V 200–600 V 200–600 V

Operating frequency 47–63 Hz 47–63 Hz 47–63 Hz 47–63 Hz

Overload setting 30–100% 30–100% 30–100% 30–100%

Trip class 5, 10, 20 and 30 5, 10, 20 and 30 5, 10, 20 and 30 5, 10, 20 and 30

Cabling Capacity (IEC 947)

Number of conductors 1111

Wire sizes 14–2 14–2 14–4/0 14–4/0

Type of connectors Box lug Box lug Box lug Box lug

Control Wiring (12-Pin)

Wire sizes in AWG 22–14 22–14 22–14 22–14

Number of conductors (stranded) 2 (or one AWG 12) 2 (or one AWG 12) 2 (or one AWG 12) 2 (or one AWG 12)

Torque requirements in lb-in 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5

Solid, stranded or flexible max. size in mm23.31 3.31 3.31 3.31

Control Power Requirements

Voltage range (24V ±10%) 21.6–26.4 21.6–26.4 21.6–26.4 21.6–26.4

Steady-state current amps 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0

Inrush current amps 10 10 10 10

Ripple 1% 1% 1% 1%

Relays (1) Class A and C

Voltage AC—maximum 240 240 240 240

Voltage DC—maximum 120 120 120 120

Amps—maximum3333

Environment

Temperature—operating –30° to 50°C (no derating) consult

factory for operation >50°C

–30° to 50°C (no derating) consult

factory for operation >50°C

–30° to 50°C (no derating) consult

factory for operation >50°C

–30° to 50°C (no derating) consult

factory for operation >50°C

Temperature—storage –50° to 70°C –50° to 70°C –50° to 70°C –50° to 70°C

Altitude <2000m—consult factory

for operation >2000m

<2000m—consult factory

for operation >2000m

<2000m—consult factory

for operation >2000m

<2000m—consult factory

for operation >2000m

Humidity <95% noncondensing <95% noncondensing <95% noncondensing <95% noncondensing

Operating position Any Any Any Any

Pollution degree IEC947-13333

Impulse withstand voltage IEC947-4-1 6000 V 6000 V 6000 V 6000 V

V6-T1-68 Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—February 2016 www.eaton.com

1.2

Reduced Voltage Motor Starters

Solid-State Starters

Soft Starters—S801+, continued

Notes

1801+U50N3S unit does not have IEC certification.

2UL recognized component.

Description

S801+T18N3S S801+T24N3S S801+T30N3S S801+U36N3S

Max. current capacity 180 240 304 360

General Information

Bypass mechanical lifespan 10M 10M 10M 10M

Insulating voltage Ui 660 V 660 V 660 V 660 V

Ramp time range 0.5–180 seconds 0.5–180 seconds 0.5–180 seconds 0.5–180 seconds

Resistance to vibration 3g 3g 3g 3g

Resistance to shock 15g 15g 15g 15g

Electrical Information

Operating voltage 200–600 V 200–600 V 200–600 V 200–600 V

Operating frequency 47–63 Hz 47–63 Hz 47–63 Hz 47–63 Hz

Overload setting 30–100% 30–100% 30–100% 30–100%

Trip class 5, 10, 20 and 30 5, 10, 20 and 30 5, 10, 20 and 30 5, 10, 20 and 30

Cabling Capacity (IEC 947)

Number of conductors 1 or 2 1 or 2 1 or 2 1 or 2

Wire sizes 4 AWG to 500 kcmil 4 AWG to 500 kcmil 4 AWG to 500 kcmil 4 AWG to 500 kcmil

Type of connectors Add-on lug kit Add-on lug kit Add-on lug kit Add-on lug kit

Control Wiring (12-Pin)

Wire sizes in AWG 22–14 22–14 22–14 22–14

Number of conductors (stranded) 2 (or one AWG 12) 2 (or one AWG 12) 2 (or one AWG 12) 2 (or one AWG 12)

Torque requirements in lb-in 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5

Solid, stranded or flexible max. size in mm23.31 3.31 3.31 3.31

Control Power Requirements

Voltage range (24V ±10%) 21.6–26.4 21.6–26.4 21.6–26.4 21.6–26.4

Steady-state current amps 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0

Inrush current amps 10 10 10 10

Ripple 1% 1% 1% 1%

Relays (1) Class A and C

Voltage AC—maximum 240 240 240 240

Voltage DC—maximum 120 120 120 120

Amps—maximum3333

Environment

Temperature—operating –30° to 50°C (no derating) consult

factory for operation >50°C

–30° to 50°C (no derating) consult

factory for operation >50°C

–30° to 50°C (no derating) consult

factory for operation >50°C

–30° to 50°C (no derating) consult

factory for operation >50°C

Temperature—storage –50° to 70°C –50° to 70°C –50° to 70°C –50° to 70°C

Altitude <2000m—consult factory

for operation >2000m

<2000m—consult factory

for operation >2000m

<2000m—consult factory

for operation >2000m

<2000m—consult factory

for operation >2000m

Humidity <95% noncondensing <95% noncondensing <95% noncondensing <95% noncondensing

Operating position Any Any Any Any

Pollution degree IEC947-13333

Impulse withstand voltage IEC947-4-1 6000 V 6000 V 6000 V 6000 V

Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—February 2016 www.eaton.com V6-T1-69

1.2

Reduced Voltage Motor Starters

Solid-State Starters

Soft Starters—S801+, continued

Note

1801+U50N3S unit does not have IEC certification.

Description

S801+U42N3S S801+U50N3S

S801+V36N3S S801+V42N3S

Max. current capacity 420 500 360 420

General Information

Bypass mechanical lifespan 10M 10M 10M 10M

Insulating voltage Ui 660 V 660 V 660 V 660 V

Ramp time range 0.5–180 seconds 0.5–180 seconds 0.5–180 seconds 0.5–180 seconds

Resistance to vibration 3g 3g 3g 3g

Resistance to shock 15g 15g 15g 15g

Electrical Information

Operating voltage 200–600 V 200–600 V 200–600 V 200–600 V

Operating frequency 47–63 Hz 47–63 Hz 47–63 Hz 47–63 Hz

Overload setting 30–100% 30–100% 30–100% 30–100%

Trip class 5, 10, 20 and 30 5, 10, 20 and 30 5, 10, 20 and 30 5, 10, 20 and 30

Cabling Capacity (IEC 947)

Number of conductors 1 or 2 1 or 2 2, 4 or 6 2, 4 or 6

Wire sizes 4 AWG to 500 kcmil 4 AWG to 500 kcmil 2/0 to 500 kcmil 2/0 to 500 kcmil

Type of connectors Add-on lug kit Add-on lug kit Add-on lug kit Add-on lug kit

Control Wiring (12-Pin)

Wire sizes in AWG 22–14 22–14 22–14 22–14

Number of conductors (stranded) 2 (or one AWG 12) 2 (or one AWG 12) 2 (or one AWG 12) 2 (or one AWG 12)

Torque requirements in lb-in 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5

Solid, stranded or flexible max. size in mm23.31 3.31 3.31 3.31

Control Power Requirements

Voltage range (24V ±10%) 21.6–26.4 21.6–26.4 21.6–26.4 21.6–26.4

Steady-state current amps 1.0 1.0 1.4 1.4

Inrush current amps 10 10 10 10

Ripple 1% 1% 1% 1%

Relays (1) Class A and C

Voltage AC—maximum 240 240 240 240

Voltage DC—maximum 120 120 120 120

Amps—maximum3333

Environment

Temperature—operating –30° to 50°C (no derating) consult

factory for operation >50°C

–30° to 50°C (no derating) consult

factory for operation >50°C

–30° to 50°C (no derating) consult

factory for operation >50°C

–30° to 50°C (no derating) consult

factory for operation >50°C

Temperature—storage –50° to 70°C –50° to 70°C –50° to 70°C –50° to 70°C

Altitude <2000m—consult factory

for operation >2000m

<2000m—consult factory

for operation >2000m

<2000m—consult factory

for operation >2000m

<2000m—consult factory

for operation >2000m

Humidity <95% noncondensing <95% noncondensing <95% noncondensing <95% noncondensing

Operating position Any Any Any Any

Pollution degree IEC947-13333

Impulse withstand voltage IEC947-4-1 6000 V 6000 V 6000 V 6000 V

V6-T1-70 Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—February 2016 www.eaton.com

1.2

Reduced Voltage Motor Starters

Solid-State Starters

Soft Starters—S801+, continued

Note

1UL recognized component.

Description

S801+V50N3S S801+V65N3S S801+V72N3S S801+V85N3S S801+V10N3S

Max. current capacity 500 650 720 850 1000

Dimensions

Width in inches (mm) 11.03 (280.2) 11.03 (280.2) 11.03 (280.2) 11.03 (280.2) 11.03 (280.2)

Height in inches (mm) 16.57 (420.8) 16.57 (420.8) 16.57 (420.8) 16.57 (420.8) 16.57 (420.8)

Depth in inches (mm) 7.23 (183.7) 7.23 (183.7) 7.23 (183.7) 7.23 (183.7) 7.23 (183.7)

Weight in lbs (kg) 103 (46.8) with lugs

91 (41.4) without lugs

103 (46.8) with lugs

91 (41.4) without lugs

103 (46.8) with lugs

91 (41.4) without lugs

103 (46.8) with lugs

91 (41.4) without lugs

103 (46.8) with lugs

91 (41.4) without lugs

General Information

Bypass mechanical lifespan 10M 10M 10M 10M 10M

Insulating voltage Ui 660 V 660 V 660 V 660 V 660 V

Ramp time range 0.5–180 seconds 0.5–180 seconds 0.5–180 seconds 0.5–180 seconds 0.5–180 seconds

Resistance to vibration3g3g3g3g3g

Resistance to shock 15g 15g 15g 15g 15g

Electrical Information

Operating voltage 200–600 V 200–600 V 200–600 V 200–600 V 200–600 V

Operating frequency 47–63 Hz 47–63 Hz 47–63 Hz 47–63 Hz 47–63 Hz

Overload setting 30–100% 30–100% 30–100% 30–100% 30–100%

Trip class 5, 10, 20 and 30 5, 10, 20 and 30 5, 10, 20 and 30 5, 10, 20 and 30 5, 10, 20 and 30

Cabling Capacity (IEC 947)

Number of conductors 2, 4 or 6 2, 4 or 6 2, 4 or 6 2, 4 or 6 2, 4 or 6

Wire sizes 2/0 to 500 kcmil 2/0 to 500 kcmil 2/0 to 500 kcmil 2/0 to 500 kcmil 2/0 to 500 kcmil

Type of connectors Add-on lug kit Add-on lug kit Add-on lug kit Add-on lug kit Add-on lug kit

Control Wiring (12-Pin)

Wire sizes in AWG 22–14 22–14 22–14 22–14 22–14

Number of conductors (stranded) 2 (or one AWG 12) 2 (or one AWG 12) 2 (or one AWG 12) 2 (or one AWG 12) 2 (or one AWG 12)

Torque requirements in lb-in 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5

Solid, stranded or flexible max. size in mm23.31 3.31 3.31 3.31 3.31

Control Power Requirements

Voltage range (24V ±10%) 21.6–26.4 21.6–26.4 21.6–26.4 21.6–26.4 21.6–26.4

Steady-state current amps 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4

Inrush current amps 10 10 10 10 10

Ripple 1% 1% 1% 1% 1%

Relays (1) Class A and C

Voltage AC—maximum 240 240 240 240 240

Voltage DC—maximum 120 120 120 120 120

Amps—maximum33333

Environment

Temperature—operating –30° to 50°C (no derating)

consult factory for

operation >50°C

–30° to 50°C (no derating)

consult factory for

operation >50°C

–30° to 50°C (no derating)

consult factory for

operation >50°C

–30° to 50°C (no derating)

consult factory for

operation >50°C

–30° to 50°C (no derating)

consult factory for

operation >50°C

Temperature—storage –50° to 70°C –50° to 70°C –50° to 70°C –50° to 70°C –50° to 70°C

Altitude <2000m—consult factory for

operation >2000m

<2000m—consult factory for

operation >2000m

<2000m—consult factory for

operation >2000m

<2000m—consult factory for

operation >2000m

<2000m—consult factory for

operation >2000m

Humidity <95% noncondensing <95% noncondensing <95% noncondensing <95% noncondensing <95% noncondensing

Operating position Any Any Any Any Any

Pollution degree IEC947-133333

Impulse withstand voltage IEC947-4-1 6000 V 6000 V 6000 V 6000 V 6000 V

Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—February 2016 www.eaton.com V6-T1-71

1.2

Reduced Voltage Motor Starters

Solid-State Starters

Wiring Diagram

Line Connected Soft Starter

Dimensions

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

Soft Starters—S801+

Catalog

Number W H D

Weight

in Lbs (kg)

S801+

N37N3S

2.66 (67.6) 7.37 (187.2) 6.45 (163.9) 5.8 (2.6)

S801+

N66N3S

2.66 (67.6) 7.37 (187.2) 6.45 (163.9) 5.8 (2.6)

S801+

R10N3S

4.38 (111.3) 7.92 (201.1) 6.64 (168.6) 10.5 (4.8)

S801+

R13N3S

4.38 (111.3) 7.92 (201.1) 6.64 (168.6) 10.5 (4.8)

S801+

T18N3S

7.65 (194.4) 12.71 (322.9) 6.47 (164.4) 48 (21.8) with lugs 41 (18.6) without lugs

S801+

T24N3S

7.65 (194.4) 12.71 (322.9) 6.47 (164.4) 48 (21.8) with lugs 41 (18.6) without lugs

S801+

T30N3S

7.65 (194.4) 12.71 (322.9) 6.47 (164.4) 48 (21.8) with lugs 41 (18.6) without lugs

S801+

U36N3S

7.73 (196.3) 12.72 (323.1) 7.16 (181.8) 48 (21.8) with lugs 41 (18.6) without lugs

S801+

U42N3S

7.73 (196.3) 12.72 (323.1) 7.16 (181.8) 48 (21.8) with lugs 41 (18.6) without lugs

S801+

U50N3S

7.73 (196.3) 12.72 (323.1) 7.16 (181.8) 48 (21.8) with lugs 41 (18.6) without lugs

S801+

V36N3S

11.05 (280.6) 16.57 (420.8) 7.39 (187.8) 103 (46.8) with lugs 91 (41.4) without lugs

S801+

V42N3S

11.05 (280.6) 16.57 (420.8) 7.39 (187.8) 103 (46.8) with lugs 91 (41.4) without lugs

S801+

V50N3S

11.05 (280.6) 16.57 (420.8) 7.39 (187.8) 103 (46.8) with lugs 91 (41.4) without lugs

S801+

V65N3S

11.05 (280.6) 16.57 (420.8) 7.39 (187.8) 103 (46.8) with lugs 91 (41.4) without lugs

S801+

V72N3S

11.05 (280.6) 16.57 (420.8) 7.39 (187.8) 103 (46.8) with lugs 91 (41.4) without lugs

S801+

V85N3S

11.05 (280.6) 16.57 (420.8) 7.39 (187.8) 103 (46.8) with lugs 91 (41.4) without lugs

S801+

V10N3S

11.05 (280.6) 16.57 (420.8) 7.39 (187.8) 103 (46.8) with lugs 91 (41.4) without lugs

Also refer to dimension drawings on Pages V6-T1-72 through V6-T1-74.

1L1 3L2 5L3

2T1 4T2 6T3

V6-T1-72 Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—February 2016 www.eaton.com

1.2

Reduced Voltage Motor Starters

Solid-State Starters

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

S801+N…

S801+R…

4X Ø

0.22

(5.5)

6.87

(174.5)

1.97 (50.0)

7.37

(187.2)

6.45 (163.9)

5.35

(135.9)

5.89

(149.7)

3.32

(84.4)

2.66

(67.6)

4X Ø

0.27

(6.8)

3.54 (90.0)

7.44

(189.0)

5.54

(140.7)

4.38 (111.3)

6.64 (168.6)

7.92

(201.2)

6.08

(154.5)

3.49

(88.5)

Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—February 2016 www.eaton.com V6-T1-73

1.2

Reduced Voltage Motor Starters

Solid-State Starters

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

S801+T…

S801+U…

11.77

(299.0) 12.71

(322.9)

6.47 (164.4)

7.65 (194.4)

5.40

(137.3)

5.95

(151.1)

5.91 (150.0)

0.28

(7.1)

6X Ø

2.95

(75.0)

11.77

(299.0)

7.16 (181.8)

6X Ø

12.72

(323.1)

6.09

(154.8)

6.64

(168.6)

2.60

(66.0)

0.28

(7.1)

5.20 (132.0)

7.73 (196.3)

V6-T1-74 Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—February 2016 www.eaton.com

1.2

Reduced Voltage Motor Starters

Solid-State Starters

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

S801+V…

4X Ø

0.2650

(6.731)

6.50

(165.1)

7.39

(187.8)

11.05 (280.6)

16.57

(420.8)

15.63

(397.0)

6.79 (172.5) 3.05

(77.5)

9.84 (250.0)

0.236

(6.00)

Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—February 2016 www.eaton.com V6-T1-75

1.2

Reduced Voltage Motor Starters

Solid-State Starters

Type S811+, Soft Starters with Digital Interface Module (DIM)

Contents

Description Page

Type S611, Soft Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-43

Type S801+, Soft Starters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-59

Type S811+, Soft Starters with DIM

Communications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-76

Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-76

Features and Benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-79

Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-83

Instructional Leaflets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-83

Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-83

Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-84

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-88

Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-89

Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-90

Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-94

Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T1-95

Type S811+, Soft Starters with DIM

Product Description

Eaton’s S811+ offers all

the popular features of the

S801+ and adds new enhanced

functionality with the new

Digital Interface Module

(DIM), communications,

metering, monitoring and

diagnostics capabilities.

Eaton’s line of S811+

reduced voltage soft starters

is very compact, multi-

functional, easy to install and

easy to set operating

parameters. Designed to

control the acceleration and

deceleration of three-phase

motors up to 690 V, the line is

available from 11A to 1000A.

The S811+ is designed to

be a complete package,

combining the silicon

controlled rectifiers (SCRs),

bypass contactor and

overload in one, very compact

unit. The S811+ is available

as a component for panel

mounting, in motor control

centers or in enclosed control

(NEMA Type 1, 3R, 4, 4X, 7/9

and 12).

Application Description

Designed to control the

acceleration and deceleration

of three-phase motors, the

S811+ soft starter uses SCRs

to control the voltage to soft

start and soft stop the motor.

After the motor is started,

internal run bypass

contactors close, resulting in

the motor running directly

across-the-line. The built-in

solid-state overload protects

the motor from overload

conditions with sophisticated

algorithms that model true

motor heating, resulting in

better motor protection

and fewer nuisance trips.

Advanced protective

and diagnostic features

reduce downtime.

A voltage ramp start or

current limit start is available.

Kick start is available in either

starting mode. The soft stop

option allows for a ramp

stop time that is longer than

the coast to stop time. The

pump control option in the

S811+ Premium provides

a smooth transition for

starting and stopping a

motor and eliminating the

“water-hammer” effect

that can damage pipes,

valves and pumps.

The S811+ offers an

impressive

array of advanced

protective features. Not only

are the

protective features

selectable,

but many offer

variable settings and

adjustable time delays to

ride through system

discrepancies. Protective

features may also be set to

Warning status to avoid

nuisance trips.

The S811+ has an easy to

use Digital Interface Module

(DIM) that allows the user to

configure the device and to

read system parameters and

monitor system values. The

DIM includes an LCD display

and keypad to scroll through

the various menus. The DIM

allows the user to modify

control parameters, enable

or disable protections, set

communication variables,

monitor system parameters

such as line voltages and

currents, and access the

fault queue.

The DIM can be removed

from the S811+ and be

remote mounted. Kits are

available to door mount the

DIM, enabling users to safely

configure, commission,

monitor and troubleshoot

the system at the electrical

panel without opening the

enclosure door. This will help

eliminate the possibility of an

arc flash incident.

Digital Interface

Module (DIM)

ESC

ONLN SS OXFDO1 H STOP

Monitoring

PREV NEXT ENTER

V6-T1-76 Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—February 2016 www.eaton.com

1.2

Reduced Voltage Motor Starters

Solid-State Starters

C441 Communication Card Options

Designed for use with soft starters …

Note: Refer to Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection, CA08100006E, tab 5.4 for additional details and

BR042002EN brochure for C441 communication module accessories for overload relays and soft starters.

Operation

Starting and Stopping Modes

The S811+ has a variety of starting and stopping methods to provide superior performance in

the most demanding applications. The motor can be started in either voltage ramp start or

current limit start mode. Kick start and soft stop are available within both starting modes. The

user has the option to configure two independent start ramp profiles to accommodate variations

in starting requirements.

Voltage Ramp Start

Provides a voltage ramp to the

motor resulting in a constant

torque increase. The most

commonly used form of soft

start, this start mode allows

you to set the initial torque

value and the duration of the

ramp to full voltage

conditions. Bypass contactors

close after ramp time.

●Adjustable initial torque

0–85% of locked rotor

torque

●Adjustable ramp time

0.5–180 seconds (0.5–360

seconds with the S811+

Premium)

Starting Characteristics—Ramp Start

Note

1C441 standalone communication modules can be used as general purpose I/O. This allows a customer to monitor the status of any non-communicating

product over the selected protocol by wiring fault or auxiliary contacts from that product to the C441 communication module on-board I/O.

Catalog

Number

Input

Signal Type

General

Purpose I/O 1

Protocol S811+ Mounting Options

Modbus RTU C441NS 120 Vac ■ ■ Standalone—DIN rail/panel mount

C441PS 24 Vdc ■ ■ Standalone—DIN rail/panel mount

DeviceNet C441KS 120 Vac ■ ■ Standalone—DIN rail/panel mount

C441LS 24 Vdc ■ ■ Standalone—DIN rail/panel mount

PROFIBUS C441SS 120 Vac ■ ■ Standalone—DIN rail/panel mount

C441QS 24 Vdc ■ ■ Standalone—DIN rail/panel mount

Modbus TCP,

EtherNet/IP

C441U 120 Vac ■ ■ Standalone—DIN rail/panel mount

C441V 24 Vdc ■ ■ Standalone—DIN rail/panel mount

Recommended Power Supply Catalog Number

85–264 Vac single-phase input, 24 Vdc output PSG240E24RM

360–575 Vac three-phase input, 24 Vdc output PSG240F24RM

Communications

The S811+ is equipped with

native Modbus RTU

communication capabilities

and may be connected to a

variety of networks, including

DeviceNet, Modbus TCP,

EtherNet/IP and PROFIBUS

using the C441 series

communication modules for

easy integration into any

PLC or DCS system.

The modules come standard

with four inputs and two relay

outputs. C441 communication

modules can also be used

independently for standalone

I/O applications.

Run

100%

Locked Rotor Torque

Time (Seconds)

Initial

Torque

Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—February 2016 www.eaton.com V6-T1-77

1.2

Reduced Voltage Motor Starters

Solid-State Starters

Current Limit Start

Limits the maximum current

available to the motor during

the start phase. This mode of

soft starting is used when it

becomes necessary to limit

the maximum starting current

due to long start times or to

protect the motor. This start

mode allows you to set the

maximum starting current as a

percentage of locked rotor

current and the duration of the

current limit. Bypass

contactors close after current

limit time.

●Maximum current of

0–85% locked rotor current

●Adjustable ramp time

0.5–180 seconds (0.5–360

seconds with the S811+

Premium)

Starting Characteristics—Current Limit Start

Kick Start

Selectable feature in both

voltage ramp start and

current limit start modes.

Provides a current and torque

“kick” for 0 to 2.0 seconds.

This provides greater initial

current to develop additional

torque to breakaway a high

friction load.

●0–85% of locked rotor

torque

●0–2.0 seconds duration

Starting Characteristics—Kick Start

Soft Stop

Allows for a controlled

stopping of a load. Used

when a stop-time that is

greater than the coast-to-stop

time is desired. Often used

with high friction loads where

a sudden stop may cause

system or load damage.

●Stop time = 0–60 seconds

Starting Characteristics—Soft Stop

Run

Max.

Allowed

100%

FLA

Current

Time (Seconds)

100%

Locked Rotor Torque

Ramp

Time (Seconds)

Kick

Start

Run

Ramp

Time (Seconds)

Run

V6-T1-78 Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—February 2016 www.eaton.com

1.2

Reduced Voltage Motor Starters

Solid-State Starters

Edge and Level Sensing Control

Edge Sensing

Edge sensing requires

+24 Vdc power be

momentarily applied to

Control Terminal Block Pin 1

(with Terminal P at +24 Vdc)

to initiate a start under all

conditions. After a stop or

fault occurs, the +24 Vdc

must be removed, then

reapplied to Terminal Pin 1

before another start can

occur. This control

configuration should be used

when restarting of the motor

after a fault or stop must be

supervised manually or as a

part of a control scheme. The

cycling of +24 Vdc power to

Terminal 1 Pin before starting

is required regardless of the

position of the auto reset

switch on the DIM.

Level Sensing

Level sensing will enable a

motor to restart after a fault

is cleared without cycling

+24 Vdc power to Terminal

Pin 1 as long as:

●Terminal Pin P is supplied

with +24 Vdc (to start

from Control Terminal

Block, Terminal Pin 3

must also be enabled)

●The auto reset switch on

the DIM is set to enabled

●All faults have been reset

This control configuration

should be used where it is

desirable to restart a motor

after a fault without additional

manual or automatic control.

An example of this condition

would be on a remote

pumping station where it is

desirable to automatically

restart a pump after a power

outage without operator

intervention.

Note: If the auto reset feature

is used, CAUTION must be

exercised to ensure that any

restart occurs in a safe manner.

Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—February 2016 www.eaton.com V6-T1-79

1.2

Reduced Voltage Motor Starters

Solid-State Starters

Features and Benefits

●Communication

capabilities with various

protocols

●The Digital Interface

Module (DIM) provides an

intuitive, easy-to-use

human interface with

powerful configuration

capabilities to maximize

system performance

●Door or device mounted

DIM enables users to

safely configure,

commission, monitor and

troubleshoot the system at

the electrical panel without

opening the enclo

sure door,

eliminating the possibility

an arc flash incident

●System operating

parameters can be

monitored enterprise-wide

through a communications

network. Increase uptime

by providing data for

process management and

preventive diagnostics

●Run internal bypass mode

greatly reduces internal

heating created by the

greater power dissipation

in the SCRs. Bypass

contactor directly connects

the motor to the line and

improves system efficiency

by reducing internal power

losses

●

Internal solid-state overload

protection provides accurate

current measurement and

trip settings. Sophisticated

algorithms solve a series

of differential equations

that model true motor

heating and cooling,

resulting in superior motor

overload protection while

minimizing nuisance trips.

Advanced selectable

protective features

safeguard the motor

and system against a

variety of system faults

●Internal run bypass

contactors and overload

protection eliminate the

need for additional devices,

reducing enclosure sizes,

minimizing installation and

wiring time, and reducing

overall assembly size

and cost

●Wide range of overload

FLA settings (31–100%

of rated current) and a

selectable trip class (5–30)

offers users the flexibility

to fine tune the starter to

match specific application

requirements

●Variable ramp times and

torque control settings

provide unlimited starting

configurations, allowing

for maximum application

flexibility

●Kick-start feature enables

soft starting of high

friction loads

●Soft stop control for

applications where an

abrupt stop of the load

is not acceptable

●The S811+ Premium with

sophisticated pump control

algorithms on both starting

and stopping that minimize

the pressure surges that

cause water hammer. The

pump control feature will

maximize the life of the

pump and piping systems

while minimizing the

downtime caused by

system failure

●Six SCRs control all three

motor phases, providing

smooth acceleration and

deceleration performance

●Soft acceleration and

deceleration reduces

wear on belts, gears,

chains, clutches, shafts and

bearings

●Reduce the peak inrush

current’s stress on the

power system

●Manage peak starting

torque to diminish

mechanical system

wear and damage

●24 Vdc control voltage

enhances personnel

and equipment safety

●Removable, lockable

control terminal block

reduces maintenance

costs. Also provides the

opportunity for OEMs to

reduce assembly and test

costs by utilizing pre-

assembled wire harnesses

Motor Wiring Configuration

User Selectable Inline or

Inside-the-Delta

Mains Motor Wiring

Configuration is

accomplished by simply

selecting the required

configuration from a menu.

This feature allows

adaptability from one

configuration to another

without any additional

programming operations and

reduces inventory levels by

not having to stock both

configurations.

Modbus Native

Communications Protocol

Modbus RTU communications

in now standard on all S811+

units. This allows users to

quickly configure the unit for

network communications

using a common protocol.

Adapters are available for

users who prefer to use

EtherNet/IP or Modbus TCP

protocols.

Programmable Control

Terminal Block

Functionality

Four programmable terminals

on the S811+ enable the user

to expand functionality with

options such as a second

start ramp profile, externally

triggered trip or warning

functions, analog inputs, and

others, in addition to the

normal start, stop, reset, and

so on, functions.

Second Start Ramp Profile

Capability

A second start ramp profile

may be configured for the

soft starter. This profile is

independent of the primary

profile and retains all the

parameter options such as

start time and initial torques.

With a signal at a terminal

programmed for this feature,

the second profile may be

selected by a pushbutton

station or a network.

Alarm-No-Trip Functionality

Some applications require the

ability to effectively disable

most protections with the

intent of enabling the RVSS

unit to control a motor under

the most severe operating

conditions characterized by

current or voltage

imbalances, high or low value

deviations, or other fault

conditions. This function

causes the S811+ to ignore

most fault trip conditions and

continue operation of the

application.

Digital Interface Module

(DIM) Cloning

For OEMs or other users that

desire to load identical

parameter settings into

multiple RVSS units, the DIM

may be used to extract and

duplicate parameter settings

from one RVSS and loaded

into other units, saving time,

effort, and reducing chances

for errors while programming.

V6-T1-80 Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—February 2016 www.eaton.com

1.2

Reduced Voltage Motor Starters

Solid-State Starters

Protective Features

All protective features can be configured, enabled or disabled with the DIM or through the

communications network.

Motor Overload

The S811+ includes electronic

overload protection as

standard. The overload meets

applicable requirements for a

motor overload protective

device. The overload protects

the motor from over heat

conditions with the use of

sophisticated algorithms

that model true motor heating,

resulting in superior motor

protection and fewer nuisance

trips.

The S811+ calculates a

thermal memory value based

on the heat energy

introduced into the motor

during the start process. A

100% value represents the

maximum safe internal

temperature of the motor.

When the thermal memory

value reaches 100%, an

overload trip will occur

removing power to the

motor. Upon trip, the S811+

stores the calculated motor

heating value and will not

allow a motor re-start until

the motor has a thermal

memory value of less than

100%. This feature ensures

the motor will not be

damaged by repeated

overload trip, reset and re-

start cycles.

The thermal memory value

can be monitored through the

DIM or the communications

network. The thermal memory

value can be of great use in

determining an impending

overload trip condition.Alarms

can be implemented in the

process monitoring system

warning of an impending trip

before a trip occurs halting

the process. Costly system

downtime can be avoided.

The trip current is adjusted to

match the specific application

requirements by entering the

motor nameplate full load

current rating and trip class.

The FLA parameter is

adjustable from 32% to 100%

of the unit’s rated current.

The overload trip class is

adjustable from class 5

through class 30. The overload

is ambient temperature

compensated—meaning its

trip characteristics will not

vary with changes in ambient

temperature. The overload

protection can be enabled,

disabled, or disabled on start.

Short Circuit

The use of a short-circuit

protective device in

coordination with the S811+

is required in branch motor

circuits by most electrical

codes. Short-circuit

coordination ratings with

both fuses and Eaton molded

case circuit breakers are

available providing customers

with design flexibility.

The S811+ has short-circuit

coordination ratings as

an open component, an

enclosed starter, and in

a motor control center.

External E-Stop

Emergency Stop functionality

may be triggered from an

external source. Removal

of the 24 Vdc signal from

a terminal configured for

E-Stop will initiate an E-Stop

action. The External E-Stop

option is useful in applications

where it is desirable to

accomplish a motor shutdown

in the event that an external

condition(s) exist that will

damage system components

and/or product flows or

operations.

External Trip

External Trip functionality

may be triggered from an

external source. Removal of

the 24 Vdc signal from a

terminal configured for

External Trip will initiate an

External Trip action. The

External Trip option is useful

in applications where it is

desirable to accomplish a

motor stop in the event that

an external condition(s) exist

that will damage system

components and/or product

flows or operations.

Fault Warning Functionality

Selected protection

parameters may be assigned

to provide a Fault Warning

instead of a Fault Trip with

user adjustable set points.

When a Fault Warning

condition is detected, the

fault condition is reported via

the DIM, network

connection, or an auxiliary

relay configured for this

function. The soft starter

remains in operation. At such

time the fault condition no

longer exists, the Fault

Warning message will be

extinguished.

External Warning

The S811+ will accept a

Warning signal from an

external source or device. In a

fashion similar to the Fault

Warning, the fault condition is

reported via the DIM,

network connection, or an

auxiliary relay configured for

this function. The soft starter

remains in operation. At such

time the fault condition no

longer exists, the Fault

Warning message will be

extinguished.

Custom Fault/Warning

Auxiliary Relays

Up to three fault and/or

warning codes may be

selected to operate an

auxiliary relay configured to

operate when any of these

codes are detected. This

option enables the user to

provide external warnings or

fault indications to increase

monitoring effectiveness and

to provide additional system

control.

Motor Power

Motor Power can be not only

be monitored, but trip levels

can be adjusted to provide

indications of system

malfunctions or operating

discrepancies. Both High and

Low Power thresholds can be

set to provide Fault Warning

or Fault Trip functions.

Additionally, fault delays

times may be set to up to

60 seconds.

Analog Input

An input control terminal

may be configured to accept

a 0–20 mA DC signal with

range scaling. This feature

enables the S811+ to

respond to an external device

that may be monitoring a

critical component or process

and provides Fault Trip or

Fault Warning capability to

protect operating systems

and processes.

Start Delay

Three start delay timers are

available to enhance motor

protection or to provide

simple logic functions to

coordinate motor control with

other devices in the system.

The timers will allow delays

from 24 Vdc power up,

receipt of a valid START

command, or a delay in

switch from one start ramp

profile to another.

Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—February 2016 www.eaton.com V6-T1-81

1.2

Reduced Voltage Motor Starters

Solid-State Starters

Jam

Excessive current and torque

up to locked rotor levels can

occur in a jam condition. The

condition can result in stress

and damage to the motor, load,

mechanical system, and the

electrical distribution system.

Jam protection prevents the

stress and damage from a

jam during normal run. After

the motor is in bypass, a

current greater than 300%

FLA setting will cause the

starter to trip on a jam fault.

Stall

Excessive current and torque

up to locked rotor levels can

occur in a stall condition. The

condition can lead to an

overload trip and result in

stress and damage to the

motor, load, mechanical

system, and the electrical

distribution system. Stall

protection prevents stress and

damage to a motor that has

not come up to speed during

the soft start time. The S811+

will trip to protect the system

in the event that the motor did

not get to the rated speed in

the defined soft start period. A

current greater than 200% FLA

at the end of the soft start

period will cause the starter to

trip on a stall fault.

Pole Over Temperature

High ambient temperatures,

extended ramp times and

high duty cycle conditions

may cause the S811+ power

pole conductors to reach a

temperature that exceeds

their thermal rating. The

S811+ is equipped with

sensors that monitor the

temperature of the power

poles. Over temperature

protection occurs if the

power pole’s thermal

capacity is exceeded. The

soft starter will trip in over

temperature conditions,

preventing device failure.

Each power pole temperature

value can be monitored

through the DIM or the

communications network.

This feature can be of use in

determining an impending

over temperature trip

condition.

When using a

communications network,

alarms can be implemented

in the process monitoring

system warning of an

impending trip before the trip

occurs, halting the process.

Phase Loss

Loss of a phase can cause

a significant increase in

the current drawn in the

remaining two phases.

Phase loss can lead to motor

damage before an eventual

overload trip occurs. Phase

loss is typically an indication

of a failure in the electrical

distribution system. The

S811+ will detect a phase

loss and trip if any phase

current

drops below a preset value.

The phase loss trip level is

adjustable from 0% to 100%

of the average of the other

two phase levels with an

adjustable trip delay of 0.1

to 60 seconds.

Phase Imbalance

Phase current or voltage

imbalance can cause a

significant increase in

the current drawn in the

remaining two phases.

Phase imbalance can lead

to motor damage before an

eventual overload trip. Phase

imbalance is typically an

indication of a failure in the

electrical distribution system

or the motor. The S811+ will

detect both current and

voltage phase imbalances

and trip if any phase becomes

imbalanced as compared to

the average of the other

two phases.

The phase current imbalance

trip level is adjustable from

0% to 100% of the average

of the current in the other

two phases with an

adjustable trip delay of

0.1 to 60 seconds.

The phase voltage imbalance

trip level is adjustable from

0% to 100% of the average

of the voltage in the other

two phases with an

adjustable trip delay of

0.1 to 60 seconds.

Reset Mode

The S811+ can be set up for

automatic or manual reset

on trip. The manual reset

mode requires the operator to

physically press the

RESET button located on

the soft starter. The trip can

be manually reset through the

DIM or through the

communications network.

The trip can also be

electrically reset by

energizing a 24 Vdc input on

the control terminal block.

The automatic reset mode

allows the soft starter to be

automatically reset as soon

as the trip condition is no

longer present. With the

automatic reset mode, after

the fault is no longer present,

the motor will be restarted

as soon as a valid start signal

is present.

Phase Reversal

The S811+ can determine

if the proper line phase

sequence is present by

default. The device will trip

if the line phase sequence is

something other than A-B-C.

The S811+ can be configured

to operate under reversed

phase conditions (A-C-B).

Shorted SCR Detection

The S811+ monitors the

operation of the power poles

and will trip under a shorted

SCR condition.

Open SCR Detection

The S811+ monitors the

operation of the power poles

and will trip under an open

SCR condition.

Ground Fault Protection

The S811+ Premium and

690 V versions meet the IEC

Ground Fault trip thresholds.

Reference Application Note

AP039007EN for more

information.

Low Current

Low current conditions can

be a result of a loss of load

or a failure in the mechanical

system. The S811+ has low

current protection that will

trip if the average rms current

falls below a preset value.

The low current protection

can be programmed as a

percent of motor FLA from

0% to 100%.

Low Voltage

Low voltage conditions

can result from disturbances

in the electrical power

distribution system. Low

voltage conditions can cause

a malfunction and damage

to electrical equipment.

The S811+ has low voltage

protection that will trip if the

average rms voltage falls

below a preset value. The

low voltage protection can

be programmed as a percent

of nominal voltage from

1% to 99% with a trip delay

of 0.1 to 60 seconds to

accommodate short

temporary voltage drops

during the start process.

High Voltage

High voltage conditions can

result from disturbances in

the electrical power

distribution system. High

voltage conditions can cause

malfunctions or failures of

electrical equipment. The

S811+ has high voltage

protection that will trip if

the average rms voltage is

greater than a preset value.

The high voltage protection

can be programmed as a

percent of nominal voltage

from 101% to 120% with

a trip delay of 0.1 to

60 seconds.

V6-T1-82 Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—February 2016 www.eaton.com

1.2

Reduced Voltage Motor Starters

Solid-State Starters

Monitoring Capabilities

The S811+ has an impressive array of system monitoring capabilities that allows users to access real

time process and diagnostic data. This data can be viewed at the device with the DIM or through a

communications network. Data over a communications network can provide valuable insight into the

condition of the equipment and processes. Maintenance and production personnel can monitor critical

operational and maintenance data from a central control station that can be located far away from the

production facility. Process data can be monitored to determine system anomalies that may indicate a

need for preventive maintenance or an impeding failure. Adjustments made through the communications

network can reduce costs by minimizing the time traveling to the location where the motor controls are

located. When faults do occur, real time fault data can assist maintenance in troubleshooting and planning

repair resources. Remote reset signals can be given to tripped devices without the need for manual

intervention by maintenance personnel.

Average Line Current

Provides the average of

the three-phase rms line

currents in amps, accurate to

within 2%. Current data can

be used to indicate a need for

maintenance. Increased

currents in a fixed load

application can indicate a

reduction in system

efficiencies and performance,

signifying system

maintenance is due.

Average Pole Current

Provides the average of

the three-phase rms pole

currents in amps, accurate to

within 2%. The pole current

is the current through the soft

starter. The line and pole

current will be identical in

inline applications, and will

differ in inside-the-delta

applications.

Average Line Current

as a % FLA

Provides the average rms line

current as a percentage of

the S811+ FLA setting.

Three-Phase Line Currents

Provides three rms phase line

currents in amps, accurate to

within 2%. Imbalances or

changes in the relative phase

current to one another can

indicate anomalies in the

motor or electrical distribution

system.

Three-Phase Pole Currents

Provides three rms phase

pole currents in amps,

accurate to within 2%. The

pole current is the current

through the soft starter.

The line and pole current

will be identical in in-line

applications, and will differ in

inside-the-delta applications.

Three-Phase Line Voltages

Provides the individual rms

three-phase line voltages.

Imbalances or changes in

|the relative phase voltage

to one another can indicate

anomalies in the motor or

electrical distribution system.

Voltage can be used to

monitor electrical distribution

system performance.

Warnings, alarms and

system actions to low or

high voltage conditions can

be implemented.

Percent Thermal Memory

Provides the real time

calculated thermal memory

value. The S811+ calculates

thermal memory value. A 100%

value represents the maximum

safe internal temperature of

the motor. When the thermal

memory value reaches

100%, an overload trip will

occur, removing power to the

motor.

The thermal memory value

can be of great use in

determining an impending

overload trip condition. When

using a communications

network, alarms can be

implemented in the process

monitoring system warning

of an impending trip before

the trip occurs, halting the

process. Costly system

downtime can be avoided.

DC Control Voltage

Monitors level of the 24 Vdc

control voltage. Fluctuations

in control voltage can cause

component malfunction and

failure. System control

voltage data can be used to

implement warnings, alarms

and system actions to low or

high voltage conditions.

Pole Temperature

Increases in power pole

temperature are caused by

increases in ambient

temperature, start/stop times

and start duty cycles.

Changes in pole

temperatures represent a

change in system operating

conditions. Identifying

unexpected operating

conditions or changes can

prompt maintenance and

aid in process evaluation

activities.

PCB Device Temperature

An increase in printed circuit

board (PCB) device

temperature is a strong

indication of an increase in

ambient temperature. High

ambient temperature

operation can be identified

with the device temperature

data. Device temperature

increases can be due to

undersized enclosures, failure

of cooling fans or blocked

venting. High operating

temperatures will reduce the

life of all electrical equipment

in the enclosure.

Start Count

Start count data can be used

to monitor system output,

schedule preventative

maintenance, identify system

anomalies and identify

changes in system operation.

Average Line Power

Provides the average of the

three-phase line power in

kilowatts, accurate to 5%.

Power data may be used

to monitor power transmitted

to the load. Increased power

demand may indicate degraded

system components or

connections. Additionally,

such data is useful in

determine power utilization

in branch circuits consisting

of multiple loads.

Power Factor

Provides the three-phase

power factor value, accurate

to 5%. The power factor of

the circuit may be used to

identify circuit conditions that

may need to be corrected

due to low power factor

indications. Low circuit power

factor can indicate improper

or degraded components.

Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—February 2016 www.eaton.com V6-T1-83

1.2

Reduced Voltage Motor Starters

Solid-State Starters

Diagnostics

Fault Queue

Current fault and a fault queue

containing the last nine

system faults can be read

through the DIM or

communications network.

Fault identification can

minimize troubleshooting

time and cost, and prevent

arc flash incidents. The fault

queue can be remotely

accessed through a

communications network

to assist in planning

maintenance resources.

Thirty (30) different faults can

be identified by the S811+.

Control Status

The S811+ provides data that

represents system conditions

that can be read through the

DIM or the communications

network. This data identifies

the status of the system and

the control commands the

system is requesting of the

S811+. This can be used for

advanced troubleshooting

and system integration

activities.

Breaker Status

The S811+ has provisions

to read and display circuit

breaker status. Eaton

communicating cover

control or other

communicating protective

device is required to take

advantage of this feature.

Standards and Certifications

●IEC 60947-4-2

●EN 60947-4-2

●UL listed (NMFT-E202571)

S811+N37… through

S811+V85…

●UL recognized (NMFT2)

S811+V10…

●CE marked

●CSA certified (3211 06)

●CSA elevator (2411 01)

Instructional Leaflets

●User manual MN03900001E

●Outline drawings:

●S811+N…: 10-8574

●S811+R…: 10-8575

●S811+T…: 10-8576

●S811+U…: 10-8857

●S811+V…: 10-8577

Catalog Number Selection

S811+ Open Soft Starters 1

Notes

1All units require a 24 Vdc power supply found on catalog Page V6-T1-88, or equivalent.

2S811+T…, S811+U… and S811+V… units require lug kits found on Page V6-T1-88.

3S811+U50… unit does not have IEC certification.

4Level/Edge Sense, Inline or Inside-the-Delta wiring configuration.

5Level/Edge Sense, Inline or Inside-the-Delta wiring configuration, pump control and extended ramp.

6Not available in S811+U….

7Level/Edge Sense, Inline wiring configuration, pump control, extended ramp.

8Ground fault protection included.

S811+ T30 N 3 S

Frame Size 2

N = 65 mm

R = 110 mm

T = 200 mm

U = 200 mm

V = 290 mm

Ampere Rating

37 = 37A

66 = 66A

10 = 105A

13 = 135A

18 = 180A

24 = 240A

30 = 304A

36 = 360A

42 = 420A

50 = 500A 3

65 = 650A

72 = 720A

85 = 850A

10 = 1000A

S = Standard soft starter

Number of Poles

3 = Three-pole device

Options

N = No options 4

P = Premium, 600 V rated 58

V = Premium, 690 V rated

(S811+ frame size

T and V only) 678

S = Soft starter

811+ = Non-combination

soft starter

V6-T1-84 Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—February 2016 www.eaton.com

1.2

Reduced Voltage Motor Starters

Solid-State Starters

Product Selection

Standard Duty Ratings

Motor applications and

customer needs come in

many different varieties.

With the standard and severe

duty rating tables, we have

attempted to provide

guidelines on what the soft

starter is capable of.

If the application falls under

these categories, you can

use these charts. For other

applications, or when a

question arises, consult

with your local Eaton

representative or call our

Technical Resource Center.

Standard Duty—15 Second Ramp, 300% Current Limit at 40°C, Inline Connection

Notes

1 Replace N3S with P3S for premium/pump option.

2 S811+U5O… rating does not have IEC certification.

Starting Method

Ramp Current

% of FLA

Ramp Time

Seconds Starts per Hour

Ambient

Temperature

Soft start 300% 30 sec. 3 50°C

Full voltage 500% 10 sec. 3 50°C

Wye-delta 350% 20 sec. 3 50°C

80% RVAT 480% 20 sec. 2 50°C

65% RVAT 390% 20 sec. 3 50°C

50% RVAT 300% 20 sec. 4 50°C

Rated

Current

Three-Phase Motors

Catalog

Number 1

kW Rating (50 Hz) hp Rating (60 Hz)

230 V 380–400 V 440 V

200 V 230 V 460 V 575–690 V

1.0SF 1.15SF 1.0SF 1.15SF 1.0SF 1.15SF 1.0SF 1.15SF

Frame Size N

37 10 18.5 18.5 10 10 10 10 25 20 30 30 S811+N37N3S

66 18.5 30 37 20 15 20 20 50 40 60 50 S811+N66N3S

Frame Size R

105 30 55 59 30254030756010075S811+R10N3S

135 40 63 80 4030504010075125100S811+R13N3S

Frame Size T

180 51 90 110 60 50 60 60 150 125 150 150 S811+T18N3S

240 75 11014775607575200150200200S811+T24N3S

304 90 160 185 100 75 100 100 250 200 300 250 S811+T30N3S

Frame Size U

360 110 185 220 125 100 150 125 300 250 350 300 S811+U36N3S

420 129 220 257 150 125 175 150 350 300 450 350 S811+U42N3S

500 150 257 300 150 150 200 150 400 350 500 450 S811+U50N3S 2

Frame Size V

360 110 185 220 125 100 150 125 300 250 350 300 S811+V36N3S

420 129 220 257 150 125 175 150 350 300 450 350 S811+V42N3S

500 150 257 300 150 150 200 150 400 350 500 450 S811+V50N3S

650 200 355 425 250 200 250 200 500 450 600 500 S811+V65N3S

720 220 400 450 — — 300 250 600 500 700 600 S811+V72N3S

850 257 475 500 — — 350 300 700 600 900 700 S811+V85N3S

1000 277 525 550 — — 400 350 800 700 900 800 S811+V10N3S

S811+

Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—February 2016 www.eaton.com V6-T1-85

1.2

Reduced Voltage Motor Starters

Solid-State Starters

Severe Duty

Severe Duty Ratings

Severe duty ratings are

defined as any combination of

parameters that exceed the

standard duty ratings where

the ramp time is over 30

seconds, and/or the number

of starts per hour exceeds 4,

and/or the current limit set is

over 300%. Example: 35-

second ramp, 5 starts per

hour, 350% current limit at

40°C ambient.

Severe Duty—30 Second Ramp and/or 450% Current Limit at 50°C, Inline Connection

Notes

1 Replace N3S with P3S for premium/pump option.

2 S811+U5O… rating does not have IEC certification.

Starting Method

Ramp Current

% of FLA

Ramp Time

Seconds Starts per Hour

Ambient

Temperature

Soft start 450% 30 sec. 4 50°C

Full voltage 500% 10 sec. 10 50°C

Wye-delta 350% 65 sec. 3 50°C

80% RVAT 480% 25 sec. 4 50°C

65% RVAT 390% 40 sec. 4 50°C

50% RVAT 300% 60 sec. 4 50°C

Rated

Current

Three-Phase Motors

Catalog

Number 1

kW Rating (50 Hz) hp Rating (60 Hz)

230 V 380–400 V 440 V

200 V 230 V 460 V 575–690 V

1.0SF 1.15SF 1.0SF 1.15SF 1.0SF 1.15SF 1.0SF 1.15SF

Frame Size N

22 5.510 11 5 5 7-1/25 15102015S811+N37N3S

42 11 18.5 22 10 10 15 10 30 25 40 30 S811+N66N3S

Frame Size R

65 15 30 33 15 15 20 15 50 40 50 50 S811+R10N3S

80 22 40 45 25 20 30 25 60 50 75 60 S811+R13N3S

Frame Size T

115 33 59 63 303040307575100100S811+T18N3S

150 45 80 90 50405050100100150125S811+T24N3S

192 55 100 110 60 50 75 60 150 125 200 150 S811+T30N3S

Frame Size U

240 75 110 147 75 60 75 75 200 150 200 200 S811+U36N3S

305 90 160 185 100 75 100 100 250 200 300 250 S811+U42N3S

365 110 185 220 125 100 150 125 300 250 350 300 S811+U50N3S 2

Frame Size V

240 75 110 147 75 60 75 75 200 150 200 200 S811+V36N3S

305 90 160 185 100 75 100 100 250 200 300 250 S811+V42N3S

365 110 185 220 125 100 150 125 300 250 350 300 S811+V50N3S

420 129 220 257 150 125 150 150 350 300 450 350 S811+V65N3S

480 147 257 295 150 150 200 150 400 350 500 450 S811+V72N3S

525 160 280 335 150 150 200 150 450 350 500 450 S811+V85N3S

575 172 303 370 200 150 250 200 500 450 600 500 S811+V10N3S

S811+

V6-T1-86 Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—February 2016 www.eaton.com

1.2

Reduced Voltage Motor Starters

Solid-State Starters

Inside-the-Delta Standard Duty Ratings

Standard Duty—15 Second Ramp, 300% Current Limit at 40°C, Inside-the-Delta Connection

Notes

1 Replace N3S with P3S for premium/pump option.

2 S811+U50… unit does not have IEC certification.

3 15 sec. start, 300% inrush, 40 °C, 1 start every 15 minutes. If these start parameters are exceeded, please refer to S811+V50….

Catalog numbers also represent P3S and V3S units.

Rated

Motor Line

Current

Three-Phase Motor

Catalog

Number 1

kW Rating (50 Hz) hp Rating (60 Hz)

230 V 380–400 V 440 V

200 V230 V460 V575 V

1.0SF 1.15SF 1.0SF 1.15SF 1.0SF 1.15SF 1.0SF 1.15SF

Frame Size N

65 10 18.5 18.5 15 15 15 15 40 30 50 50 S811+N37N3S

114 18.530 37 30253030756010075S811+N66N3S

Frame Size R

182 3055 59 50406050125100150125S811+R10N3S

234 4063 80 60507560150125200150S811+R13N3S

Frame Size T

311 51 90 110 100 75 100 100 250 200 250 250 S811+T18N3S

415 75 110 147 125 100 125 125 300 250 300 300 S811+T24N3S

526 90 160 185 150 125 150 150 400 300 400 400 S811+T30N3S

Frame Size U

623 110 185 220 200 150 250 200 450 400 550 450 S811+U36N3S

727 129 220 257 250 200 300 250 550 450 700 550 S811+U42N3S

865 150 257 300 250 250 300 250 600 550 750 700 S811+U50N3S 23

Frame Size V

623 110 185 220 200 150 250 200 450 400 550 450 S811+V36N3S

727 129 220 257 250 200 300 250 550 450 700 550 S811+V42N3S

865 150 257 300 250 250 300 250 600 550 750 700 S811+V50N3S

1125 200 355 425 400 300 400 300 750 700 900 750 S811+V65N3S

1246 —— — ————————S811+V72N3S

1471 —— — ————————S811+V85N3S

— —— — ————————S811+V10N3S

S811+

Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—February 2016 www.eaton.com V6-T1-87

1.2

Reduced Voltage Motor Starters

Solid-State Starters

Inside-the-Delta Severe Duty Ratings

Severe duty ratings are

defined as any combination of

parameters that exceed the

standard duty ratings where

the ramp time is over 30

seconds, and/or the number

of starts per hour exceeds

4, and/or the current limit set

is over 300%.

Example: 35-second ramp,

5 starts per hour 350%

current limit at 40°C ambient.

Severe Duty—30 Second Ramp and/or 450% Current Limit at 50°C, Inside-the-Delta Connection

Notes

1 Replace N3S with P3S for premium/pump option.

2 S811+U50… unit does not have IEC certification.

Rated

Motor Line

Current

Three-Phase Motor

Catalog

Number 1

kW Rating (50 Hz) hp Rating (60 Hz)

230 V 380–400 V 440 V

200 V230 V460 V575 V

1.0SF 1.15SF 1.0SF 1.15SF 1.0SF 1.15SF 1.0SF 1.15SF

Frame Size N

39 5.5 10 11 7-1/2 7-1/2 10 7-1/2 25 15 30 25 S811+N37N3S

73 11 18.5 22 15 15 25 15 50 40 60 50 S811+N66N3S

Frame Size R

111 1530 33 2525302575607575S811+R10N3S

138 22 40 45 40 30 50 40 100 75 120 100 S811+R13N3S

Frame Size T

199 3359 63 50506050125125150150S811+T18N3S

257 4580 90 75607575150150250200S811+T24N3S

324 55 100 110 100 75 100 100 250 200 300 250 S811+T30N3S

Frame Size U

415 75 110 147 125 100 125 125 300 250 300 300 S811+U36N3S

526 90 160 185 150 120 150 150 400 300 450 400 S811+U42N3S

623 110 185 220 200 150 250 200 450 400 550 450 S811+U50N3S 2

Frame Size V

415 75 110 147 125 100 125 125 300 250 300 300 S811+V36N3S

526 90 160 185 150 120 150 150 400 300 450 400 S811+V42N3S

623 110 185 220 200 150 250 200 450 400 550 450 S811+V50N3S

727 129 220 257 250 200 250 250 550 450 700 550 S811+V65N3S

816 147 257 295 250 250 300 250 600 550 750 700 S811+V72N3S

908 160 280 335 250 250 300 250 700 550 750 700 S811+V85N3S

— —— — ————————S811+V10N3S

S811+

V6-T1-88 Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—February 2016 www.eaton.com

1.2

Reduced Voltage Motor Starters

Solid-State Starters

Accessories

Lug Kits

S811+T…, S811U… and

S811+V… soft starters each

have different lug options

based on your wiring needs.

Each lug kit contains three

lugs that can be mounted on

either the load or line side.

Lug Kits

Power Supplies

24 Vdc power supply that can

be used with the S811+ SSRV

or as a stand-alone device.

Power Supplies

Lug Cover Kits

Replacement covers for the

S811+T…, S811+U… and

S811+V… soft starters are

available in case of damage to

the existing covers.

Lug Cover Kits

IP20 Kits

Surge Suppressors

The surge suppressor can

mount on either the line or

load side of the soft starter.

It is designed to clip the line

voltage (or load side induced

voltage).

Surge Suppressors

Note

1S811+T… only.

S811+

Catalog Number Description

Kits

Required

Catalog

Number

S811+T…,

S811+U…

2 cable connections, 4 AWG to 1/0 cable 2 EML22

1 cable connection, 4/0 to 500 kcmil cable EML23

2 cable connections, 4/0 to 500 kcmil cable EML24

1 cable connection, 2/0 to 300 kcmil cable EML25

2 cable connections, 2/0 to 300 kcmil cable EML26

S811+V… 2 cable connections, 4/0 to 500 kcmil cable 2 EML28

4 cable connections, 4/0 to 500 kcmil cable EML30

6 cable connections, 4/0 to 500 kcmil cable EML32

4 cable connections, 2/0 to 300 kcmil cable EML33

Lug Kit

Description

Catalog

Number

85–264 Vac input

24 Vdc output

PSG240E

360–575 Vac input

24 Vdc output

PSG240F

600 Vac input

24 Vdc output

PSS55D

Description

Catalog

Number

Lug cover S811+T…,

S811+U…

EML27

Lug cover S811+V… EML34

Description

Catalog

Number

S811+N… SS-IP20-N

S811+R… SS-IP20-R

S811+T… and S811+U… SS-IP20-TU

S811+V… SS-IP20-V

Description

Catalog

Number

600 V MOV for S811+… units EMS39

690 V MOV for S811+… units 1EMS41

Surge Suppressor

Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—February 2016 www.eaton.com V6-T1-89

1.2

Reduced Voltage Motor Starters

Solid-State Starters

Mounting Plates

The mounting plates are

designed to help make it easy

to install or retrofit the soft

starter into enclosures and

MCCs. The soft starter can

be mounted onto the plate

prior to installation. The

mounting plate is designed

with tear drop mounting

holes for easier installation.

Mounting Plates

Vibration Plates

The vibration plates allow the

soft starter to be applied in

high shock and vibration

applications. The vibration

plate allows vibration up to 5g

and shock in up to 40g. The

soft starter is mounted onto

the vibration plate prior to

installation in the panel.

Vibration Plates

Adapter Plates

The adapter plate allows

customers to retrofit a

S811+V… soft starter with

the S811+U… soft starter.

Adapter Plates

Control Wire Connector

Digital Interface Module

The Digital Interface

Module (DIM) is available

as a replacement part.

DIM

Options

S811+ Premium

In addition to what is already

there in the S811+ standard,

these devices offer pump

control and extended ramp

functions.

S811+ Premium

S811+ Premium 690 V Option

In addition to what is already

there in S811+ standard, this

product offers 690 V, pump

control and extended ramp

functions.

S811+ Premium 690 V

Option

Cooling Fan Kit

The EMM18 cooling fan kit

mounts on either side of

any frame size S811+ soft

starter to provide additional

printed circuit board cooling in

high ambient operating

temperatures.

Cooling Fan Kit

Note

1S811+U50… unit does not have IEC certification.

Description

Catalog

Number

S811+N… EMM13N

S811+R… EMM13R

S811+T… and S811+U… EMM13T

S811+V… EMM13V

Description

Catalog

Number

S811+N… EMM14N

S811+R… EMM14R

S811+T… and S811+U… EMM14T

S811+V… EMM14V

Description

Catalog

Number

Adapter plates EMM13U

Description

Catalog

Number

12-pin, 5 mm pitch connector

for control wiring

EMA75

Description

Catalog

Number

Blank cover (filler) EMA68

DIM for standard unit EMA91

Panel mounting kit

3 ft cable EMA69A

5 ft cable EMA69B

8 ft cable EMA69C

10 ft cable EMA69D

Current

Range

Catalog

Number

11–37 S811+N37P3S

20–66 S811+N66P3S

32–105 S811+R10P3S

42–135 S811+R13P3S

56–180 S811+T18P3S

75–240 S811+T24P3S

95–304 S811+T30P3S

112–360 S811+U36P3S

131–420 S811+U42P3S

156–500 S811+U50P3S 1

112–360 S811+V36P3S

131–420 S811+V42P3S

156–500 S811+V50P3S

203–650 S811+V65P3S

225–720 S811+V72P3S

265–850 S811+V85P3S

312–1000 S811+V10P3S

Current

Range

Catalog

Number

56–180 S811+T18V3S

75–240 S811+T24V3S

95–304 S811+T30 V3S

112–360 S811+V36V3S

131–420 S811+V42V3S

156–500 S811+V50 V3S

203–650 S811+V65V3S

225–720 S811+V72V3S

265–850 S811+V85V3S

Description

Catalog

Number

Fan kit EMM18

V6-T1-90 Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—February 2016 www.eaton.com

1.2

Reduced Voltage Motor Starters

Solid-State Starters

Technical Data and Specifications

Soft Starters—S811+

Description

S811+N37… S811+N66… S811+R10+… S811+R13…

Max. current capacity 37 66 105 135

FLA range 11–37 20–66 32–105 42–135

General Information

Bypass mechanical lifespan 10M 10M 10M 10M

Insulating voltage Ui 660 V 660 V 660 V 660 V

Ramp time range 0.5–180 seconds

(0.5–360 seconds S811+ Premium)

0.5–180 seconds

(0.5–360 seconds S811+ Premium)

0.5–180 seconds

(0.5–360 seconds S811+ Premium)

0.5–180 seconds

(0.5–360 seconds S811+ Premium)

Resistance to vibration 3g 3g 3g 3g

Resistance to shock 15g 15g 15g 15g

Electrical Information

Operating voltage 200–600 V 200–600 V 200–600 V 200–600 V

Operating frequency 47–63 Hz 47–63 Hz 47–63 Hz 47–63 Hz

Overload setting 30–100% 30–100% 30–100% 30–100%

Trip class 5, 10, 20 and 30 5, 10, 20 and 30 5, 10, 20 and 30 5, 10, 20 and 30

Cabling Capacity (IEC 947)

Number of conductors 1111

Wire sizes 14–2 14–2 14–4/0 14–4/0

Type of connectors Box lug Box lug Box lug Box lug

Control Wiring (12-Pin)

Wire sizes in AWG 22–14 22–14 22–14 22–14

Number of conductors (stranded) 2 (or one AWG 12) 2 (or one AWG 12) 2 (or one AWG 12) 2 (or one AWG 12)

Torque requirements in lb-in 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5

Solid, stranded or flexible max. size in mm23.31 3.31 3.31 3.31

Control Power Requirements

Voltage range (24V ±10%) 21.6–26.4 21.6–26.4 21.6–26.4 21.6–26.4

Steady-state current amps 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0

Inrush current amps 10 10 10 10

Ripple 1% 1% 1% 1%

Relays (1) Class A and C

Voltage AC—maximum 240 240 240 240

Voltage DC—maximum 120 120 120 120

Amps—maximum3333

Environment

Temperature—operating –30° to 50°C (no derating) consult

factory for operation >50°C

–30° to 50°C (no derating) consult

factory for operation >50°C

–30° to 50°C (no derating) consult

factory for operation >50°C

–30° to 50°C (no derating) consult

factory for operation >50°C

Temperature—storage –50° to 70°C –50° to 70°C –50° to 70°C –50° to 70°C

Altitude <2000m—consult factory

for operation >2000m

<2000m—consult factory

for operation >2000m

<2000m—consult factory

for operation >2000m

<2000m—consult factory

for operation >2000m

Humidity <95% noncondensing <95% noncondensing <95% noncondensing <95% noncondensing

Operating position Any Any Any Any

Pollution degree IEC947-13333

Impulse withstand voltage IEC947-4-1 6000 V 6000 V 6000 V 6000 V

Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—February 2016 www.eaton.com V6-T1-91

1.2

Reduced Voltage Motor Starters

Solid-State Starters

Soft Starters—S811+, continued

Description

S811+T18… S811+T24… S811+T30… S811+U36…

Max. current capacity 180 240 304 360

FLA range 56–180 75–240 95–304 112–360

General Information

Bypass mechanical lifespan 10M 10M 10M 10M

Insulating voltage Ui 660 V 660 V 660 V 660 V

Ramp time range 0.5–180 seconds

(0.5–360 seconds S811+ Premium)

0.5–180 seconds

(0.5–360 seconds S811+ Premium)

0.5–180 seconds

(0.5–360 seconds S811+ Premium)

0.5–180 seconds

(0.5–360 seconds S811+ Premium)

Resistance to vibration 3g 3g 3g 3g

Resistance to shock 15g 15g 15g 15g

Electrical Information

Operating voltage 200–600 V 200–600 V 200–600 V 200–600 V

Operating frequency 47–63 Hz 47–63 Hz 47–63 Hz 47–63 Hz

Overload setting 30–100% 30–100% 30–100% 30–100%

Trip class 5, 10, 20 and 30 5, 10, 20 and 30 5, 10, 20 and 30 5, 10, 20 and 30

Cabling Capacity (IEC 947)

Number of conductors 1 or 2 1 or 2 1 or 2 1 or 2

Wire sizes 4 AWG to 500 kcmil 4 AWG to 500 kcmil 4 AWG to 500 kcmil 4 AWG to 500 kcmil

Type of connectors Add-on lug kit Add-on lug kit Add-on lug kit Add-on lug kit

Control Wiring (12-Pin)

Wire sizes in AWG 22–14 22–14 22–14 22–14

Number of conductors (stranded) 2 (or one AWG 12) 2 (or one AWG 12) 2 (or one AWG 12) 2 (or one AWG 12)

Torque requirements in lb-in 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5

Solid, stranded or flexible max. size in mm23.31 3.31 3.31 3.31

Control Power Requirements

Voltage range (24V ±10%) 21.6–26.4 21.6–26.4 21.6–26.4 21.6–26.4

Steady-state current amps 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0

Inrush current amps 10 10 10 10

Ripple 1% 1% 1% 1%

Relays (1) Class A and C

Voltage AC—maximum 240 240 240 240

Voltage DC—maximum 120 120 120 120

Amps—maximum3333

Environment

Temperature—operating –30° to 50°C (no derating) consult

factory for operation >50°C

–30° to 50°C (no derating) consult

factory for operation >50°C

–30° to 50°C (no derating) consult

factory for operation >50°C

–30° to 50°C (no derating) consult

factory for operation >50°C

Temperature—storage –50° to 70°C –50° to 70°C –50° to 70°C –50° to 70°C

Altitude <2000m—consult factory

for operation >2000m

<2000m—consult factory

for operation >2000m

<2000m—consult factory

for operation >2000m

<2000m—consult factory

for operation >2000m

Humidity <95% noncondensing <95% noncondensing <95% noncondensing <95% noncondensing

Operating position Any Any Any Any

Pollution degree IEC947-13333

Impulse withstand voltage IEC947-4-1 6000 V 6000 V 6000 V 6000 V

V6-T1-92 Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—February 2016 www.eaton.com

1.2

Reduced Voltage Motor Starters

Solid-State Starters

Soft Starters—S811+, continued

Note

1S811+U50… unit does not have IEC certification.

Description

S811+U42… S811+U50…

S811+V36… S811+V42…

Max. current capacity 420 500 360 420

FLA range 131–420 156–500 112–360 131–420

General Information

Bypass mechanical lifespan 10M 10M 10M 10M

Insulating voltage Ui 660 V 660 V 660 V 660 V

Ramp time range 0.5–180 seconds

(0.5–360 seconds S811+ Premium)

0.5–180 seconds

(0.5–360 seconds S811+ Premium)

0.5–180 seconds

(0.5–360 seconds S811+ Premium)

0.5–180 seconds

(0.5–360 seconds S811+ Premium)

Resistance to vibration 3g 3g 3g 3g

Resistance to shock 15g 15g 15g 15g

Electrical Information

Operating voltage 200–600 V 200–600 V 200–600 V 200–600 V

Operating frequency 47–63 Hz 47–63 Hz 47–63 Hz 47–63 Hz

Overload setting 30–100% 30–100% 30–100% 30–100%

Trip class 5, 10, 20 and 30 5, 10, 20 and 30 5, 10, 20 and 30 5, 10, 20 and 30

Cabling Capacity (IEC 947)

Number of conductors 1 or 2 1 or 2 2, 4 or 6 2, 4 or 6

Wire sizes 4 AWG to 500 kcmil 4 AWG to 500 kcmil 2/0 to 500 kcmil 2/0 to 500 kcmil

Type of connectors Add-on lug kit Add-on lug kit Add-on lug kit Add-on lug kit

Control Wiring (12-Pin)

Wire sizes in AWG 22–14 22–14 22–14 22–14

Number of conductors (stranded) 2 (or one AWG 12) 2 (or one AWG 12) 2 (or one AWG 12) 2 (or one AWG 12)

Torque requirements in lb-in 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5

Solid, stranded or flexible max. size in mm23.31 3.31 3.31 3.31

Control Power Requirements

Voltage range (24V ±10%) 21.6–26.4 21.6–26.4 21.6–26.4 21.6–26.4

Steady-state current amps 1.0 1.0 1.4 1.4

Inrush current amps 10 10 10 10

Ripple 1% 1% 1% 1%

Relays (1) Class A and C

Voltage AC—maximum 240 240 240 240

Voltage DC—maximum 120 120 120 120

Amps—maximum3333

Environment

Temperature—operating –30° to 50°C (no derating) consult

factory for operation >50°C

–30° to 50°C (no derating) consult

factory for operation >50°C

–30° to 50°C (no derating) consult

factory for operation >50°C

–30° to 50°C (no derating) consult

factory for operation >50°C

Temperature—storage –50° to 70°C –50° to 70°C –50° to 70°C –50° to 70°C

Altitude <2000m—consult factory

for operation >2000m

<2000m—consult factory

for operation >2000m

<2000m—consult factory

for operation >2000m

<2000m—consult factory

for operation >2000m

Humidity <95% noncondensing <95% noncondensing <95% noncondensing <95% noncondensing

Operating position Any Any Any Any

Pollution degree IEC947-13333

Impulse withstand voltage IEC947-4-1 6000 V 6000 V 6000 V 6000 V

Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—February 2016 www.eaton.com V6-T1-93

1.2

Reduced Voltage Motor Starters

Solid-State Starters

Soft Starters—S811+, continued

Note

1UR recognized product.

Description

S811+V50… S811+V65… S811+V72… S811+V85… S811+V10…

Max. current capacity 500 650 720 850 1000

FLA range 156–500 203–650 225–720 265–580 320–1000

General Information

Bypass mechanical lifespan 10M 10M 10M 10M 10M

Insulating voltage Ui 660 V 660 V 660 V 660 V 660 V

Ramp time range 0.5–180 seconds (0.5–360

seconds S811+ Premium)

0.5–180 seconds (0.5–360

seconds S811+ Premium)

0.5–180 seconds (0.5–360

seconds S811+ Premium)

0.5–180 seconds (0.5–360

seconds S811+ Premium)

0.5–180 seconds (0.5–360

seconds S811+ Premium)

Resistance to vibration3g3g3g3g3g

Resistance to shock 15g 15g 15g 15g 15g

Electrical Information

Operating voltage 200–600 V 200–600 V 200–600 V 200–600 V 200–600 V

Operating frequency 47–63 Hz 47–63 Hz 47–63 Hz 47–63 Hz 47–63 Hz

Overload setting 30–100% 30–100% 30–100% 30–100% 30–100%

Trip class 5, 10, 20 and 30 5, 10, 20 and 30 5, 10, 20 and 30 5, 10, 20 and 30 5, 10, 20 and 30

Cabling Capacity (IEC 947)

Number of conductors 2, 4 or 6 2, 4 or 6 2, 4 or 6 2, 4 or 6 2, 4 or 6

Wire sizes 2/0 to 500 kcmil 2/0 to 500 kcmil 2/0 to 500 kcmil 2/0 to 500 kcmil 2/0 to 500 kcmil

Type of connectors Add-on lug kit Add-on lug kit Add-on lug kit Add-on lug kit Add-on lug kit

Control Wiring (12-Pin)

Wire sizes in AWG 22–14 22–14 22–14 22–14 22–14

Number of conductors (stranded) 2 (or one AWG 12) 2 (or one AWG 12) 2 (or one AWG 12) 2 (or one AWG 12) 2 (or one AWG 12)

Torque requirements in lb-in 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5

Solid, stranded or flexible max. size in mm23.31 3.31 3.31 3.31 3.31

Control Power Requirements

Voltage range (24V ±10%) 21.6–26.4 21.6–26.4 21.6–26.4 21.6–26.4 21.6–26.4

Steady-state current amps 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4

Inrush current amps 10 10 10 10 10

Ripple 1% 1% 1% 1% 1%

Relays (1) Class A and C

Voltage AC—maximum 240 240 240 240 240

Voltage DC—maximum 120 120 120 120 120

Amps—maximum33333

Environment

Temperature—operating –30° to 50°C (no derating)

consult factory for

operation >50°C

–30° to 50°C (no derating)

consult factory for

operation >50°C

–30° to 50°C (no derating)

consult factory for

operation >50°C

–30° to 50°C (no derating)

consult factory for

operation >50°C

–30° to 50°C (no derating)

consult factory for

operation >50°C

Temperature—storage –50° to 70°C –50° to 70°C –50° to 70°C –50° to 70°C –50° to 70°C

Altitude <2000m—consult factory

for operation >2000m

<2000m—consult factory

for operation >2000m

<2000m—consult factory

for operation >2000m

<2000m—consult factory

for operation >2000m

<2000m—consult factory

for operation >2000m

Humidity <95% noncondensing <95% noncondensing <95% noncondensing <95% noncondensing <95% noncondensing

Operating position Any Any Any Any Any

Pollution degree IEC947-133333

Impulse withstand voltage IEC947-4-1 6000 V 6000 V 6000 V 6000 V 6000 V

V6-T1-94 Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—February 2016 www.eaton.com

1.2

Reduced Voltage Motor Starters

Solid-State Starters

Wiring Diagrams

Line Connected Soft Starter

Inside-the-Delta Connected Soft Starter for a 6-Lead Motor

Inside-the-Delta Connected Soft Starter for a 12-Lead Low Voltage Motor

Inside-the-Delta Connected Soft Starter for a 12-Lead High Voltage Motor

1L1 3L2 5L3

2T1 4T2 6T3

L1S L2S

Supply

L3S

L1 3

L2 5

T5 T4 T6

T1 4

T2 6

Motor

S811+

L1S L2S

Supply

L3S

L1 3

L2 5

T11

T10

T4 T12

T10

T12

T1 4

T2 6

Motor

L2 L2

12-Lead

Low Voltage

S811+

L1S L2S

Supply 12-Lead

High Voltage

L3S

L1 3

L2 5

T11

T10 T12

T10

T12

T1 4

T2 6

T5T8

Motor

S811+

Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—February 2016 www.eaton.com V6-T1-95

1.2

Reduced Voltage Motor Starters

Solid-State Starters

Dimensions

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

Soft Starters—S811+

Note

1Dimensions of the frames stay consistent between the N3S, P3S, and V3S options.

Catalog

Number 1WH D

Weight

in Lbs (kg)

S811+

N37N3S

2.66 (67.6) 7.37 (187.2) 6.45 (163.9) 5.8 (2.6)

S811+

N66N3S

2.66 (67.6) 7.37 (187.2) 6.45 (163.9) 5.8 (2.6)

S811+

R10N3S

4.38 (111.3) 7.92 (201.1) 6.64 (168.6) 10.5 (4.8)

S811+

R13N3S

4.38 (111.3) 7.92 (201.1) 6.64 (168.6) 10.5 (4.8)

S811+

T18N3S

7.65 (194.4) 12.71 (322.9) 6.47 (164.4) 48 (21.8) with lugs 41 (18.6) without lugs

S811+

T24N3S

7.65 (194.4) 12.71 (322.9) 6.47 (164.4) 48 (21.8) with lugs 41 (18.6) without lugs

S811+

T30N3S

7.65 (194.4) 12.71 (322.9) 6.47 (164.4) 48 (21.8) with lugs 41 (18.6) without lugs

S811+

U36N3S

7.73 (196.3) 12.72 (323.1) 7.16 (181.8) 48 (21.8) with lugs 41 (18.6) without lugs

S811+

U42N3S

7.73 (196.3) 12.72 (323.1) 7.16 (181.8) 48 (21.8) with lugs 41 (18.6) without lugs

S811+

U50N3S

7.73 (196.3) 12.72 (323.1) 7.16 (181.8) 48 (21.8) with lugs 41 (18.6) without lugs

S811+

V36N3S

11.05 (280.6) 16.57 (420.8) 7.39 (187.8) 103 (46.8) with lugs 91 (41.4) without lugs

S811+

V42N3S

11.05 (280.6) 16.57 (420.8) 7.39 (187.8) 103 (46.8) with lugs 91 (41.4) without lugs

S811+

V50N3S

11.05 (280.6) 16.57 (420.8) 7.39 (187.8) 103 (46.8) with lugs 91 (41.4) without lugs

S811+

V65N3S

11.05 (280.6) 16.57 (420.8) 7.39 (187.8) 103 (46.8) with lugs 91 (41.4) without lugs

S811+

V72N3S

11.05 (280.6) 16.57 (420.8) 7.39 (187.8) 103 (46.8) with lugs 91 (41.4) without lugs

S811+

V85N3S

11.05 (280.6) 16.57 (420.8) 7.39 (187.8) 103 (46.8) with lugs 91 (41.4) without lugs

S811+

V10N3S

11.05 (280.6) 16.57 (420.8) 7.39 (187.8) 103 (46.8) with lugs 91 (41.4) without lugs

Also refer to dimension drawings on Pages V6-T1-96 through V6-T1-98.

V6-T1-96 Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—February 2016 www.eaton.com

1.2

Reduced Voltage Motor Starters

Solid-State Starters

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

S811+N…

S811+R…

6.87

(174.5)

1.97 (50.0)

4X Ø

0.22

(5.5)

7.37

(187.2)

6.45 (163.9)

5.35

(135.9)

5.89

(149.7)

3.32

(84.4)

2.66

(67.6)

5.54

(140.7)

4.38 (111.3)

3.54 (90.0)

4X Ø

0.27

(6.8) 6.64 (168.6)

7.92

(201.2)

6.08

(154.5)

7.44

(189.0)

3.49

(88.5)

Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—February 2016 www.eaton.com V6-T1-97

1.2

Reduced Voltage Motor Starters

Solid-State Starters

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

S811+T…

S811+U…

11.77

(299.0) 12.71

(322.9)

6.47 (164.4)

7.65 (194.4)

5.40

(137.3)

5.95

(151.1)

5.91 (150.0)

0.28

(7.1)

6X Ø

2.95

(75.0)

7.16 (181.8)

6X Ø

12.72

(323.1)

11.77

(299.0) 6.09

(154.8)

6.64

(168.6)

2.60

(66.0)

0.28

(7.1)

5.20 (132.0)

7.73 (196.3)

V6-T1-98 Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—February 2016 www.eaton.com

1.2

Reduced Voltage Motor Starters

Solid-State Starters

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

S811+V…

6.79 (172.5)

0.236

(6.00)

3.05

(77.5)

9.84 (250.0)

15.63

(397.0)

4X Ø

0.2650

(6.731)

6.50

(165.1)

7.39

(187.8)

11.05 (280.6)

16.57

(420.8)

Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—February 2016 www.eaton.com V6-T2-1

Adjustable Frequency Drives

PowerXL DC1

PowerXL DG1

Enclosed 18-Pulse Drive

2.1 Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-2

OEM Drives

2.2 PowerXL DE1 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-9

2.3 PowerXL DC1 Series Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-15

2.4 PowerXL DA1 Series Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-25

2.5 M-Max Series Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-36

General Purpose Industrial Drives

2.6 PowerXL DG1 Series Drives

DG1 Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-48

DG1 Enclosed Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-70

2.7 SVX Drives

SVX Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-100

SVX Enclosed Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-141

General Purpose HVAC Drives

2.8 H-Max Series Drives

H-Max Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-179

H-Max IntelliPass and IntelliDisconnect Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-190

Performance Drives

2.9 SPX Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-213

2.10 Clean Power Drives

Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-256

Enclosed Passive Filtered Drives

EGF Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-263

CFX Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-288

HCX Enclosed 12-Pulse Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-319

CPX Enclosed 18-Pulse Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-323

RGX Enclosed Regenerative Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-348

2.11 LCX Liquid Cooled Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-361

2.12 SPA/SPN/SPI Common DC Bus Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-377

V6-T2-2 Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—February 2016 www.eaton.com

2.1

Adjustable Frequency Drives

Product Overview

A Drive For Any Application

Your application might call for

an ultra-compact solution,

clean power or future

configurability.

Whether it is a standard

product from the catalog or a

custom-enclosed variable

frequency drive (VFD)

solution, Eaton delivers.

Eaton drives are designed for

industrial, HVAC, water/

wastewater treatment,

machinery OEM and other

application demands.

Whether designing a new

industrial complex, renovating

an existing structure or

developing a new machine,

Eaton has the right product

for your application.

PowerXL® Family

9000X Family

Application DE1 DC1 DA1 DG1

EGF

(Filtered)

Yes

—

Yes

—

Yes

7.5

Yes

125

250

—

125

250

Single-phase input

Maximum 230 V hp

Maximum 480 V hp

Maximum 575 V hp

OEM drives

General purpose HVAC drives

General purpose industrial

Performance

Low harmonic

M-Max SVXH-Max SPX

CFX

(Filtered)LCX SPIApplication

HCX

(12-Pulse)

CPX

(18-Pulse)

RGX

(AFE)

Yes

7.5

—

125

250

—

Yes

125

250

200

Yes

125

2200

2300

—

3200

2800

—

2400

2200

—

100

400

—

125

—

200

800

—

900

750

Single-phase input

Maximum 230 V hp

Maximum 480 V hp

Maximum 575 V hp

OEM drives

General purpose HVAC drives

General purpose industrial

Performance

Low harmonic

= Open drive standard

= Enclosed drive standard

= Enclosed—consult Enclosed Drives Plant (Watertown, WI)

Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—February 2016 www.eaton.com V6-T2-3

2.1

Adjustable Frequency Drives

Product Overview

A History of Drives

Throughout the years, Eaton’s drive offering has evolved as technology has changed. Some

drives are no longer available, but are listed below for reference and aid in finding the drive in

our current offering that fits your application. If needed, please contact the Drives Technical

Resource Center (1-877-ETN-CARE, option 2, option 6) for assistance in finding the current

drive to suit your needs.

Legacy Product Offering

= Open drive standard

= Legacy product; no longer available

HVXApplication

Single-phase input

Maximum 230 V hp

Maximum 480 V hp

Maximum 575 V hp

OEM drives

General purpose HVAC drives

General purpose industrial

Performance

Low harmonic

Current product offering

Yes

150

—

H-Max

SLX NFX GVX MVX SV HV

(18-Pulse)

—

100

DG1

Yes

—

DE1

Yes

125

DC1 / DG1

Yes

7.5

DC1 / DA1

Yes

100

1100

800

DG1

Yes

150

1000

700

H-Max

—

800

—

CPX

V6-T2-4 Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—February 2016 www.eaton.com

2.1

Adjustable Frequency Drives

Product Overview

Product Selection Guide

OEM Drives

PowerXL DE1 Series PowerXL DC1 Series PowerXL DA1 Series M-Max Series

Page V6-T2-9 Page V6-T2-15 Page V6-T2-25 Page V6-T2-36

Applications Applications Applications Applications

Machinery OEM variable speed starter General-purpose microdrive

Machinery OEM drive

High-performance microdrive

Machinery OEM drive

General-purpose microdrive

Description Description Description Description

The DE1 VSS is a variable speed starter

that brings the simplicity of a

electromechanical starter with the

additional functionality of a variable

frequency drive. The DE1 offers simple

installation in a compact, keypad-less

design. With the use of the intuitive plug-in

configuration module or the integration of

SmartWire-DT®, the DE1 is the simplest

solution for variable speed. The VSS is

great for HVAC, material handling and

general MOEM applications.

The DC1 VFD is a compact VFD with only

14 basic parameters, SmartWire-DT®

connectivity and outstanding ease of

mounting and installation. The DC1 is

perfect for quick commissioning and is

ideal for panel builders. This drive

supports single-phase motor applications,

and an IP66 offering provides unique

mounting with integrated disconnect

and cover controls.

The DA1 VFD is the perfect match for

demanding OEM applications. High-

performance processor, safe torque off,

multiple fieldbus protocols including

SmartWire-DT, sensorless vector control

and the possibility to operate permanent

magnet motors are sure to leave a lasting

impression. The DA1 includes an IP66

offering as well.

The M-Max™ VFD is a compact microdrive

with a broad power range, perfectly suited

for machinery applications in many

industries: food and beverage, HVAC,

packaging, pumping, general machine

and more.

Offering/Range Offering/Range Offering/Range Offering/Range

Single-phase to three-phase

230 V to 3 hp

Three-phase to three-phase

230 V to 3 hp

Three-phase to three-phase

480 V to 10 hp

Single-phase to single-phase

115 V to 0.75 hp

230 V to 1.5 hp

Single-phase to three-phase

115 V to 1.5 hp

230 V to 5 hp

Three-phase to three-phase

230 V to 15 hp

480 V to 30 hp

Single-phase to three-phase

230 V to 3 hp

Three-phase to three-phase

230 V to 7.5 hp

480 V to 15 hp

600 V to 20 hp

Single-phase to three-phase

115 V to 1.5 hp

230 V to 3 hp

Three-phase to three-phase

230 V to 15 hp

480 V to 25 hp

575 V to 7.5 hp

Enclosure Enclosure Enclosure Enclosure

Open IP20 Open IP20, IP66 Open IP20, IP66 Open IP20, IP21

Open NEMA 1

Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—February 2016 www.eaton.com V6-T2-5

2.1

Adjustable Frequency Drives

Product Overview

Product Selection Guide

General Purpose Industrial Drives General Purpose HVAC Drives

PowerXL DG1 Series SVX

H-Max Series

H-Max H-Max IntelliPass and

IntelliDisconnect Drives

Page V6-T2-48 Page V6-T2-100 Page V6-T2-179 Page V6-T2-190

Applications Applications Applications Applications

General-purpose drive General-purpose drive General-purpose HVAC drive General-purpose HVAC drive

Description Description Description Description

The DG1 general-purpose drives are part

of the Eaton next-generation PowerXL

series of adjustable frequency drives

specifically engineered for today’s more

demanding commercial and industrial

applications. With an industry-leading

energy-efficiency algorithm, high short-

circuit current rating and robust design,

the DG1 offers customers increased

efficiency, safety and reliability.

The SVX VFD is a general-purpose,

compact, modular solution for variable

speed applications and offers a variety

of features and application capabilities.

With a reliable design, quick startup and

flexibility with options, the SVX provides a

great solution for customer's commercial

and industrial applications.

The H-Max™ VFD is specifically designed

to meet the needs of the HVAC industry

by offering leading HVAC software and

hardware features. With an industry-

leading energy efficiency algorithm, high

short-circuit current rating and robust

design, it offers customers increased

efficiency, safety and reliability.

The H-Max IntelliPass and IntelliDisconnect

use the H-Max drive along with XT series

contactors and optional manual override

switches to provide the ability to bypass

the H-Max drive. The IntelliPass

construction features allow for easy

installation, reliable operation and

serviceability with additional onboard

wire space and removable conduit

plates with knockouts.

Offering/Range Offering/Range Offering/Range Offering/Range

Single-phase to three-phase

230 V to 40 hp

480 V to 60 hp

Three-phase to three-phase

230 V to 125 hp

480 V to 250 hp

575 V to 250 hp

Single-phase to three-phase

230 V to 40 hp

480 V to 60 hp

Three-phase to three-phase

230 V to 125 hp

480 V to 2200 hp

575 V to 2300 hp

Three-phase to three-phase

230 V to 125 hp

480 V to 250 hp

Three-phase to three-phase

208 V to 30 hp

230 V to 30 hp

480 V to 75 hp

Enclosure Enclosure Enclosure Enclosure

Open IP21, IP54

Open NEMA 1, 12

Enclosed NEMA 1, 12, 3R

Consult Eaton for NEMA 4X

Open IP20, IP21, IP54

Open NEMA 1, 12

Enclosed NEMA 1, 12, 3R

AGSVX (agriculture config)

Consult Eaton for NEMA 4X

Open IP21, IP54

Open NEMA 1, 12

Enclosed NEMA 1, 12, 3R

IntelliDisconnect (breaker included)

IntelliPass (bypass included)

Open IP21, IP54

Open NEMA 1, 12

Enclosed NEMA 1, 12, 3R

IntelliDisconnect (breaker included)

IntelliPass (bypass included)

V6-T2-6 Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—February 2016 www.eaton.com

2.1

Adjustable Frequency Drives

Product Overview

Product Selection Guide

Performance Drives

SPX

Low Harmonic Drives

Passive Filtered—EGF Passive Filtered—CFX

Page V6-T2-213 Page V6-T2-263 Page V6-T2-288

Applications Applications Applications

High-performance drive Filtered drive Filtered drive

Description Description Description

The SPX VFD is a compact, modular

solution for high-performance variable

speed applications. When high

performance is critical to a customer’s

application, the SPX VFD is the ideal

choice. They are equipped with high

processing power, capable of closed loop

feedback, safe torque off, permanent

magnet motor operation and very precise

motor control.

Eaton’s enclosed passive filtered drives

use tuned passive filters to significantly

reduce line harmonics at the drive input

terminals.

The CFX VFD uses a tuned passive filter

to significantly reduce the line harmonics

generated by a standard 6-pulse drive.

Designed for small to mid-sized drive

applications, the CFX, in conjunction

with the CPX, offers the user a tiered

approach to harmonic mitigation.

Offering/Range Offering/Range Offering/Range

Single-phase to three-phase

230 V to 40 hp

480 V to 60 hp

Three-phase to three-phase

230 V to 125 hp

480 V to 2200 hp

575 V to 2300 hp

208 V: 0.75–100 hp

230 V: 0.75–125 hp

480 V: 1–250 hp

Three-phase to three-phase

230 V to 100 hp

480 V to 400 hp

575 V to 400 hp

Enclosure Enclosure Enclosure

Open IP20, IP21, IP54

Open NEMA 1, 12

Enclosed NEMA 1, 12, 3R

AGSVX (agriculture config)

Consult Eaton for NEMA 4X

Enclosed NEMA 1, 12, 3R

Consult Eaton for NEMA 4X

Enclosed NEMA 1, 12, 3R

Consult Eaton for NEMA 4X

Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—February 2016 www.eaton.com V6-T2-7

2.1

Adjustable Frequency Drives

Product Overview

Product Selection Guide

Performance Drives

Low Harmonic Drives

12-Pulse—HCX 18-Pulse—CPX Regenerative—RGX

Page V6-T2-319 Page V6-T2-323 Page V6-T2-348

Applications Applications Applications

12-pulse drive 18-pulse drive Regenerative drive

Description Description Description

The enclosed HCX drive is specifically

tailored for HVAC applications where

clean power is necessary. The enclosed

HCX drive uses Eaton’s SVX drive with a

12-pulse phase shifting transformer to

deliver a substantial reduction in voltage

and current harmonics.

The CPX VFD uses advanced 18-pulse clean

power technology that significantly reduces

line harmonics at the drive input terminals

and is designed to exceed IEEE 519-1992

requirements. Delivering true power factor

and reducing harmonic distortion prevents

upstream transformer overheating and

overloading of breakers and feeders,

enabling the application of variable

frequency drives on generators and other

high-impedance power systems.

The RGX is an enclosed solution to meet

the needs of customer's regenerative

load applications. It combines Eaton’s

comprehensive family of DC common

DC bus drive products together with the

necessary circuit protection and filtering

to give the customer an all-in-one package.

The RGX is available in 480 V and 575 V

configurations in sizes up through 900 hp.

Offering/Range Offering/Range Offering/Range

208 V: 7.5 to 60 hp

230 V: 7.5 to 60 hp

480 V: 25 to 125 hp

Three-phase to three-phase

230 V to 200 hp

480 V to 800 hp

575 V to 800 hp

(Consult Eaton for larger hp)

Three-phase to three-phase

480 V: 900 hp

575 V: 750 hp

Enclosure Enclosure Enclosure

Enclosed NEMA 1, 12 Enclosed NEMA 1, 12, 3R

Consult Eaton for NEMA 4X

Enclosed NEMA 1

V6-T2-8 Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—February 2016 www.eaton.com

2.1

Adjustable Frequency Drives

Product Overview

Product Selection Guide

Performance Drives

Low Harmonic Drives

LCX SPA/SPN/SPI

Page V6-T2-361 Page V6-T2-377

Applications Applications

Liquid cooled drive Common DC bus drive

Active front end drive

Regenerative drive

Description Description

The LCX VFD is well suited for locations

when air-cooling would be difficult or

expensive or when space is at a premium.

These extremely compact drives are

suitable for ships, mines and heavy

industry.

Eaton offers a comprehensive range of

common DC bus VFD products. This

includes a number of front-end units and

inverter units in the entire power range.

Common DC bus drives are used in a

multitude of applications and

combinations. Drives that are braking

can transfer the energy directly to the

drives in a motoring mode.

Offering/Range Offering/Range

Three-phase to three-phase

480 V to 3200 hp

575 V to 2800 hp

Three-phase to three-phase

480 V to 2400 hp

575 V to 2200 hp

Enclosure Enclosure

Open IP00 Open IP00, IP21

Open NEMA 1

Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—February 2016 www.eaton.com V6-T2-9

2.2

Adjustable Frequency Drives

PowerXL DE1 Series

Contents

Description Page

PowerXL DE1 Series

Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-10

Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-10

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-11

Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-12

Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-14

Product Description

Eaton’s PowerXL

DE1

variable speed starter offers

the advantages of both a

motor starter and a variable

frequency drive in a single

device. The DE1 is a compact

and easy-to-use device with

the ability to change the

speed of the motor with

the simplicity of a contactor

starter. With 14 basic

parameters, SmartWire-DT®

connectivity and an intuitive

configuration module, the

DE1 setup and commissioning

is easy for any panel builder

and MOEM. The DE1 was

designed for customers

who have concerns of the

complexity of a VFD but still

require variable frequency and

advanced motor protection.

Models rated at 480 volts,

three-phase, 50/60 Hz are

available in sizes ranging from

0.5 to 10 hp. Models rated

at 230 volts, single-phase in/

three-phase out, 50/60 Hz

are available in sizes ranging

from 0.33 to 3 hp.

The DE1 VSS is designed

without a keypad to provide

a simplistic, cost effective

solution. Units are shipped

without a keypad. In order to

change parameters, there are

accessories such as the

configuration module that can

change up to 5 parameters or

connectivity products to

connect to the drivesConnect

PC Tool.

Features

●Compact, space-saving

design

●Rugged design rated up

to 60 °C without derating

●DIN rail and screw

mountable

●Narrow footprint for true

side-by-side installation

●Rated for group motor

applications

●Low capacitor design for

low harmonics

●Control terminal blocks

●Three digital inputs

●One digital/analog

(programmable) input

●One relay output

●Contactor style power

wiring

●RS-485/Modbus as

standard

●Efficient, simple design

without a keypad

●Three indicating LEDs

for fault and condition

status

●Reliable design—

150% for 60 s

175% for 2 s

●Smartwire-DT ready for

expanding communication

gateways

Standards and

Certifications

Product

●Complies with EN 61800-3

Safety

●IEC 61800-5-1

●CE

●UL

●CSA/cUL

●cTick

●UKRSekpro

●GOST R

●RoHS compliant

V6-T2-10 Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—February 2016 www.eaton.com

2.2

Adjustable Frequency Drives

PowerXL DE1 Series

Catalog Number Selection

DE1 Series Variable Speed Starter

Product Selection

DE1 Series IP20 Enclosure Drives

Notes

1 For all applications, select the unit such that the motor current is less than or equal to the rated continuous output current.

2 These are constant torque/high overload rated drives.

hp 1kW Volts

100% Continuous

Current In (A)

Frame

Size Catalog Number

0.33 0.25 200–240 V single-phase in/

230 V three-phase out

1.4 1 DE1-121D4NN-N20N

0.5 0.37 2.3 1 DE1-122D3NN-N20N

0.75 0.55 2.7 1 DE1-122D7NN-N20N

10.75 4.3 1 DE1-124D3NN-N20N

21.5 7 1 DE1-127D0NN-N20N

32.2 9.6 2 DE1-129D6NN-N20N

0.5 0.37 380–480 V three-phase in/

480 V three-phase out

1.3 1 DE1-341D3NN-N20N

10.75 2.1 1 DE1-342D1NN-N20N

21.5 3.6 1 DE1-343D6NN-N20N

32.2 5 2 DE1-345D0NN-N20N

43 6.6 2 DE1-346D6NN-N20N

54 8.5 2 DE1-348D5NN-N20N

7.5 5.5 11.3 2 DE1-34011NN-N20N

10 7.5 16 2 DE1-34016NN-N20N

DE1 -1 24D3 N N -N 20 N

Conformation Coated Option

N= Not conformal coated boards

Device Series

E1 = Economy

Basic Naming

D=Drive

Current Rating

230 V 460 V

1D4 = 1.4 A, 0.33 hp, 0.25 kW

2D3 = 2.3 A, 0.5 hp, 0.37 kW

2D7 = 2.7 A, 0.75 hp, 0.55 kW

4D3 = 4.3 A, 1.0 hp, 0.75 kW

7D0 = 7.0 A, 2.0 hp, 1.5 kW

9D6 = 9.6 A, 3.0 hp, 2.2 kW

1D3 = 1.3 A, 0.5 hp, 0.37 kW

2D1 = 2.1 A, 1.0 hp, 0.75 kW

3D6 = 3.6 A, 2.0 hp, 1.5 kW

5D0 = 5.0 A, 3.0 hp, 2.2 kW

6D6 = 6.6 A, 4.0 hp, 3.0 kW

8D5 = 8.5 A, 5.0 hp, 4.0 kW

011 = 11 A, 7.5 hp, 5.5 kW

016 = 16 A, 10 hp, 7.5 kW

Number of Phases

1= Single-phase main connection/

three-phase motor connection

3= Three-phase main connection/

three-phase motor connection

Input/Output Voltage

2=230 V

4=480 V

Environment Rating

20 = IP20, NEMA 0

Display Option

N=No display

Brake Chopper Option

N= No brake chopper

Filter Option

N= No filter

IP20

Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—February 2016 www.eaton.com V6-T2-11

2.2

Adjustable Frequency Drives

PowerXL DE1 Series

Accessories

DE1 Series

PC Communication Kit and Copy/Paste Module

Keypad Options

Extension Cables and Data Cable Splitter

SmartWire Modules

Commoning Links 2

Notes

1Includes 1 m RS-485 data cable.

2Commoning links can be used to connect multiple line side 460 V DE1 units for use in

group motor applications.

3These combinations may result in the total of the individual input currents exceeding the

three-phase commoning link’s and incoming connection block’s ampacity (35 A).

4Required for group motor applications when using the 460 V commoning links.

Description Catalog Number

Bluetooth copy/paste communication stick DX-COM-STICK

USB to RJ45 panel mount kit DX-COM-PCKIT

USB to RJ45 PC Tool cable DX-CBL-PC-3M0

Description Catalog Number

LED remote keypad—7-segment display, IP54 rated DX-KEY-LED 1

Configuration module—plug-in unit, DIP switch and dial control DXE-EXT-SET

Description Catalog Number

RJ45 communication cable w/terminating resistor EASY-NT-R

RS-485 data cable, RJ45, 0.5 m DX-CBL-RJ45-0M5

RS-485 data cable, RJ45, 1.0 m DX-CBL-RJ45-1M0

RS-485 data cable, RJ45, 3.0 m DX-CBL-RJ45-3M0

RS-485 three-way data cable splitter, RJ45 DX-SPL-RJ45-3SL

RS-485 data cable splitter, RJ45, (1 connector to 2 socket) DX-SPL-RJ45-2SL1PL

Description Catalog Number

SmartWire-DT interface for DE1 and DC1 IP20 DX-NET-SWD3

Description Max. Devices Used Catalog Number

460 V, three-phase link 3xFS1 XTCEXCLK3B

2xFS1 + 1xFS2

2xFS2

4xFS1 XTCEXCLK4B

3xFS1 + 1xFS2

1xFS1 + 2xFS2 3

5xFS1 XTCEXCLK5B

4xFS1 + 1xFS2

2xFS1 + 2xFS2 3

3xFS2 3

460 V, incoming terminal — XTCEXITB 4

V6-T2-12 Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—February 2016 www.eaton.com

2.2

Adjustable Frequency Drives

PowerXL DE1 Series

Technical Data and Specifications

DE1 Series

Ratings

PowerXL DE1 Basic Controller Standard Ratings

Programmable Parameters

Specifications

PowerXL DE1 Series

Note

1All units do not require derating except for the 10 hp 460 V unit which may require derating

depending on the switching frequency used.

Description Specification

Protections

Overload protection 150% for 60s for every 600 seconds

Overvoltage protection Yes

Undervoltage protection Yes

Ground fault protection Yes

Overtemperature

protection

Yes

Motor overload protection Yes

Motor stall protection Yes

Short-circuit protection 100 kAIC with fuses,

65 kAIC with PKZM,

10 kAIC with FAZ

Description

14 Standard operation parameters

Programmable start function

DC-brake at start and stop

Adjustable switching frequency

Autorestart function after fault

Protections and supervisions

Power section fault indication

External fault

Fieldbus communication

Analog input range selection, signal scaling and filtering

Four preset speed reference

Description Specification

Input Ratings

Input voltage (Vin)±10%

Input frequency (fin) 50/60 Hz (variation up to 48–62 Hz)

Connection to power Maximum of one time every 30 seconds

Output Ratings

Output voltage 0 to Vin

Continuous output

current

Continuous rated current IN at ambient temperature max.

140 °F (60 °C), 150% for 60 seconds, 175% for 2 seconds

Output frequency 0 to 500 Hz

Frequency resolution 0.1 Hz

Initial output current (IH) 175% for 2s for every 20 seconds

Torque depends on motor

Control Characteristics

Operation mode

U/f control, slip compensation

Switching frequency 4 to 32 kHz

Voltage reference 10 Vdc (max. 10 mA)

Field weakening point 0 to 500 Hz

Acceleration time 0.1 to 600 seconds

Deceleration time 0.1 to 600 seconds

Ambient Conditions

Ambient operating

temperature

–10 °C to +50 °C, for 60 °C there is no derating required 1

Storage temperature –40 °C to +70 °C

Relative humidity 0 to 95% RH, noncondensing, non-corrosive, no dripping water

Enclosure class IP20 (FS1–FS3)

Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—February 2016 www.eaton.com V6-T2-13

2.2

Adjustable Frequency Drives

PowerXL DE1 Series

Standards—DE1 Series Variable Speed Starter

I/O Specifications

●Digital inputs DI1–DI4 are

programmable

●Relay output is

programmable

●DI3 and DI4 can be

programmed to be digital,

thermistor or analog

Includes:

●Four inputs (three digital

and one digital/analog)

●Analog input

●4–20 mA

●0–10 V

●One relay output

●RS-485 interface

Reliability

●Pretested components

●Computerized testing

●Robust design rated to

60 °C

DE1 Series I/O Interface

Terminal Signal Factory Preset Description

0 V 0 V Reference potential — 0 V connection

+0 V +24 Vdc Control voltage for DI1-DI4 — Maximum load 100 mA

Reference potential V

1 DI1 Digital Input 1 FWD +10 to 24 V

2 DI2 Digital Input 2 REV +10 to 24 V

3 DI3 Digital Input 3 Fixed frequency FF1 +10 to 24 V

Ther. Thermistor Fixed frequency FF1 External fault: [Need info]

Trip at 3600 Ω

Reset at 1600 Ω

4 DI4 Digital Input 4 Frequency reference value +10 to 24 V

AI1 Analog Input Frequency reference value 0 to 10 V 0/4–20 mA

Can be switched with parameter P16

13 K13 Relay 1, normally open contact Active = RUN Maximum switching load: 250 Vac/6 A or 30 Vdc/5 A

14 K14 Relay 1, normally open contact Active = RUN Maximum switching load: 250 Vac/6 A or 30 Vdc/5 A

V6-T2-14 Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—February 2016 www.eaton.com

2.2

Adjustable Frequency Drives

PowerXL DE1 Series

Dimensions

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

DE1, Sizes FS1 and FS2, Degree of Protection IP20/NEMA 0

Frame

Size A A1 B B1 B2 B3 B4

FS1 1.77 (45.0) 0.98 (25.0) 9.09 (231.0) 8.66 (220.0) 0.20 (5.1) 2.52 (64.0) 6.54 (166.1)

FS2 3.54 (90.0) 1.97 (50.0) 9.09 (231.0) 8.66 (220.0) 0.20 (5.1) 2.52 (64.0) 6.54 (166.1)

Frame

Size C C1 Ø1Ø2

Weight

lbs (kg)

FS1 6.65 (169.0) 0.26 (6.6) 0.20 (5.1) 0.39 (10.0) 2.29 (1.04)

FS2 6.65 (169.0) 0.26 (6.6) 0.20 (5.1) 0.39 (10.0) 3.70 (1.68)

Ø2

Ø1

A1 C1

0 V +10 V 1 2 3 4 13 14

UVW

L1/LL2/NL3

Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—February 2016 www.eaton.com V6-T2-15

2.3

Adjustable Frequency Drives

PowerXL DC1 Series Drives

Contents

Description Page

PowerXL DC1 Series Drives

Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-16

Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-17

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-19

Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-21

Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-23

Product Description

Eaton’s PowerXL

DC1

variable frequency drives are

the next generation of drives

specifically engineered for

today’s machinery

applications.

The DC1 is compact with

only 14 basic parameters,

SmartWire-DT® connectivity,

and outstanding ease of

mounting and installation.

The DC1 is perfect for quick

commissioning and is ideal

for panel builders. This drive

supports single-phase motor

applications, and detachable

terminal blocks make control

wiring much easier.

Models rated at 480 volts,

three-phase, 50/60 Hz are

available in sizes ranging from

1 to 30 hp 2. Models rated at

240 volts, single- or three-

phase, 50/60 Hz are available

in sizes ranging from 0.5

to 15 hp 2. Models rated at

115 volts, single-phase,

50/60 Hz are available in

the 0.5 to 3 hp size range.

Features

●Compact, space-saving

design

●

Rugged and reliable—

175%

for 2 s, 50 °C rated

●DIN rail and screw

mountable (FS1 and FS2)

●Side-by-side installation

●Industry-leading efficiency

delivers energy savings to

the customer

●Optional integrated EMC

filters make the unit

suitable for commercial

and industrial networks

●Brake chopper as standard

in frames 2 and higher

●Temperature-controlled fan

●RS-485/Modbus® and

CANopen™ as standard

●PI controller as standard

●SmartWire capability

●Removable I/O terminal

blocks

●Contactor style power

wiring

●Designed for shaded-pole,

single-phase motors and

permanent split capacitor

single-phase motors

Standards and

Certifications

Product

●Complies with EN61800-3

(2004)

EMC (At Default Settings)

●EMC Category C1, C2

and C3 at default settings

(1 m, 5 m, 25 m)

Safety 1

●61800-5-1

●EN 60529

●CE

●UL

●cUL

●UkrSepro

●c-Tick

●RoHS compliant

Note

1See unit nameplate for more detailed

approvals.

2Available September 2015.

V6-T2-16 Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—February 2016 www.eaton.com

2.3

Adjustable Frequency Drives

PowerXL DC1 Series Drives

Catalog Number Selection

DC1 Series Adjustable Frequency AC Drives

DC1 -1 24D1 F N -A 20 N

Rated

Operational Current

Examples—

2D2 = 2.2 A

4D1 = 4.1 A

024 = 24 A

Type

N= Standard basic device

Degree of Protection

20 = IP20/NEMA 0

66 = IP66/NEMA 4/4X

6S = IP66 with disconnect/NEMA 4/4X

Device Series

DC1 = Variable frequency drive, compact, Series 1

(D = Drives, C = Compact, 1 = Series 1)

Connection in Power Section

1= Single-phase mains connection/three-phase motor connection

3= Three-phase mains connection/three-phase motor connection

S= Single-phase mains connection/single-phase motor connection

Mains Voltage Category

1= 110 V (110–115 V ±10%)

2= 230 V (200–240 V ±10%)

4= 480 V (380–480 V ±10%)

D= 110 V input/230 V output (voltage doubler)

Display Unit (Display)

A= LED display

Brake Chopper

N= No internal brake chopper

B= Brake chopper

EMC (Radio Interference Suppression Filter)

N= No internal RFI filter

F= Internal RFI filter

Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—February 2016 www.eaton.com V6-T2-17

2.3

Adjustable Frequency Drives

PowerXL DC1 Series Drives

Product Selection

DC1 Series IP20 Enclosure Drives 1

Notes

1 These are constant torque/high overload rated drives.

2 For all applications, select the unit such that the motor current is less than or equal to the rated continuous output current.

3 Brake chopper circuit available as standard in frames 2 and 3.

4 Only for use with shaded pole or split capacitor single-phase motors.

5 RFI version available. Substitute with DC1-*****F*-**** for this option.

6 Frame size 4 available January 2016.

hp 2kW Volts

100% Continuous

Current In (A)

Frame

Size 3Catalog Number

0.5 0.37 115 V single-phase in/ 4

115 V single-phase out

71DC1-S17D0NN-A20N

0.75 0.55 10.5 2 DC1-S1011NB-A20N

0.5 0.37 200–240 V single-phase in/ 4

200–240 V single-phase out

4.3 1 DC1-S24D3NN-A20N 5

10.75 7 1 DC1-S27D0NN-A20N 5

1.5 1.1 10 2 DC1-S2011NB-A20N 5

0.5 0.37 115 V single-phase in/

230 V three-phase out

2.3 1 DC1-1D2D3NN-A20N

10.75 4.3 1 DC1-1D4D3NN-A20N

1.5 1.1 5.8 2 DC1-1D5D8NB-A20N

0.5 0.37 200–240 V single-phase in/

230 V three-phase out

2.3 1 DC1-122D3NN-A20N 5

10.75 4.3 1 DC1-124D3NN-A20N 5

21.5 7 1 DC1-127D0NN-A20N 5

21.5 7 2 DC1-127D0NB-A20N 5

32.2 10.5 2 DC1-12011NB-A20N 5

54 15 3 DC1-12015NB-A20N

0.5 0.37 200–240 V three-phase in/

230 V three-phase out

2.3 1 DC1-322D3NN-A20N

10.75 4.3 1 DC1-324D3NN-A20N

21.5 7 1 DC1-327D0NN-A20N

21.5 7 2 DC1-327D0NB-A20N 5

32.2 10.5 2 DC1-32011NB-A20N 5

54 18 3 DC1-32018NB-A20N 5

10 7.5 30 4 DC1-32030NB-A20N 56

15 11 46 4 DC1-32046NB-A20N 56

1 0.75 380–480 V three-phase in/

480 V three-phase out

2.2 1 DC1-342D2NN-A20N 5

21.5 4.1 1 DC1-344D1NN-A20N 5

21.5 4.1 2 DC1-344D1NB-A20N 5

32.2 5.8 2 DC1-345D8NB-A20N 5

54 9.5 2 DC1-349D5NB-A20N 5

7.5 5.5 14 3 DC1-34014NB-A20N 5

10 7.5 18 3 DC1-34018NB-A20N 5

15 11 24 3 DC1-34024NB-A20N 5

20 15 30 4 DC1-34030NB-A20N 56

25 18.5 39 4 DC1-34039NB-A20N 56

30 22 46 4 DC1-34046NB-A20N 56

IP20

V6-T2-18 Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—February 2016 www.eaton.com

2.3

Adjustable Frequency Drives

PowerXL DC1 Series Drives

IP66 NEMA 4/4X Interior

DC1 Drive

The IP66 version of the

DC1 is a unique solution

to allow for mounting the

drive outside of a control

panel or next to a motor

for distributed control.

“-A66N” Option

This version comes with the

keypad that is similar to that

of IP20 version. There are no

additional cover controls to

address security concerns.

“-A6SN” Option

This version has an integrated

potentiometer, a forward/off/

reverse switch and a

disconnect switch with

lock-off capability with the

standard keypad. This

allows for reduced labor and

materials when compared to

a IP20 solution in separate

enclosure.

DC1 Series IP66 Enclosure Drives 1

Notes

1 These are constant torque/high overload rated drives.

2 For all applications, select the unit such that the motor current is less than or equal to the rated continuous output current.

3 Brake chopper circuit available as standard in frames 2 and 3.

4 Non-disconnect version available. Substitute with -A66N.

5 RFI version available. Substitute with DC1-*****F*-**** for this option.

hp 2kW Volts

100% Continuous

Current In (A)

Frame

Size 3Catalog Number

0.5 0.37 115 V single-phase in/

115 V single-phase out

71DC1-S17D0NN-A6SN 4

0.75 0.55 10.5 2 DC1-S1011NB-A6SN 4

0.5 0.37 200–240 V single-phase in/

200–240 V single-phase out

4.3 1 DC1-S24D3NN-A6SN 45

10.75 7 1 DC1-S27D0NN-A6SN 45

1.5 1.1 10 2 DC1-S2011NB-A6SN 45

0.5 0.37 115 V single-phase in/

230 V three-phase out

2.3 1 DC1-1D2D3NN-A6SN 4

10.75 4.3 1 DC1-1D4D3NN-A6SN 4

1.5 1.1 5.8 2 DC1-1D5D8NB-A6SN 4

0.5 0.37 200–240 V single-phase in/

230 V three-phase out

2.3 1 DC1-122D3NN-A6SN 45

10.75 4.3 1 DC1-124D3NN-A6SN 45

21.5 7 1 DC1-127D0NN-A6SN 45

21.5 7 2 DC1-127D0NB-A6SN 45

32.2 10.5 2 DC1-12011NB-A6SN 45

54 15 3 DC1-12015NB-A6SN 4

0.5 0.37 200–240 V three-phase in/

230 V three-phase out

2.3 1 DC1-322D3NN-A6SN 4

10.75 4.3 1 DC1-324D3NN-A6SN 4

21.5 7 1 DC1-327D0NN-A6SN 4

21.5 7 2 DC1-327D0NB-A6SN 45

32.2 10.5 2 DC1-32011NB-A6SN 45

54 18 3 DC1-32018NB-A6SN 45

1 0.75 380–480 V three-phase in/

460 V three-phase out

2.2 1 DC1-342D2NN-A6SN 45

21.5 4.1 1 DC1-344D1NN-A6SN 45

21.5 4.1 2 DC1-344D1NB-A6SN 45

32.2 5.8 2 DC1-345D8NB-A6SN 45

54 9.5 2 DC1-349D5NB-A6SN 45

7.5 5.5 14 3 DC1-34014NB-A6SN 45

10 7.5 18 3 DC1-34018NB-A6SN 45

IP66

IP66S

Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—February 2016 www.eaton.com V6-T2-19

2.3

Adjustable Frequency Drives

PowerXL DC1 Series Drives

Accessories

DC1 Series

PC Communication Kit and Copy/Paste Module

Encoder Feedback Plug-In Option Module

and Miscellaneous Cards

Remote Keypad

Brake Resistor (FR2 and FR3)

Extension Cables and Data Cable Splitter

SmartWire Modules

Note

1Includes 1 m RS-485 data cable.

Description Catalog Number

Bluetooth copy/paste communication stick DX-COM-STICK

USB to RJ45 panel mount kit DX-COM-PCKIT

USB to RJ45 PC Tool cable DX-CBL-PC-3MO

Description Catalog Number

Local control/test option card DXC-EXT-LOCSIM

HVACO drive running and tripped relay output card DXC-EXT-2RO1 AO

Dual relay output card DXC-EXT-2RO

110 V logic input card DXC-EXT-IO110

230 V logic input card DXC-EXT-IO230

Description Catalog Number

LED remote keypad—7-segment display, IP54 rated DX-KEY-LED 1

OLED remote keypad—full text display, multi-line text,

multi-language, IP54 hand/auto buttons

DX-KEY-OLED 1

Description Catalog Number

DC1, DA1 internal mount 200 W, 100 R DX-BR3-100

Description Catalog Number

RJ45 communication cable w/terminating resistor EASY-NT-R

RS-485 data cable, RJ45, 0.5 m DX-CBL-RJ45-0M5

RS-485 data cable, RJ45, 1.0 m DX-CBL-RJ45-1M0

RS-485 data cable, RJ45, 3.0 m DX-CBL-RJ45-3M0

RS-485 three-way data cable splitter, RJ45 DX-SPL-RJ45-3SL

RS-485 data cable splitter, RJ45, (1 connector to 2 socket) DX-SPL-RJ45-2SL1PL

Description Catalog Number

SmartWire-DT interface for DC1 IP20 DX-NET-SWD3

V6-T2-20 Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—February 2016 www.eaton.com

2.3

Adjustable Frequency Drives

PowerXL DC1 Series Drives

Line and Load Reactors

A line and load reactor is a

three-phase inductance filter

that can be placed on the line

and load side of the AFD to

help improve the harmonic

performance of the system.

Consult the factory for

additional filtering options and

further technical details.

DR1 Line Reactor

A line reactor helps to provide

a moderate reduction in

current harmonics similar to a

DC choke. It also provides

increased input protection for

AFD and its semiconductors

from line transients helping to

extend the life of the AFD.

DR2 Output Reactor

An output filter is used to

reduce the transient voltage

(dV/dt) at the motor terminals.

The output filter is

recommended for cable

lengths exceeding 100 ft

(30 m) with a drive of 3 hp

and above and for cable

lengths of 33 ft (10 m) with a

drive of 2 hp and below.

Line and Load Reactors—Catalog Number Selection

Line and Load Reactors—230 V

Line and Load Reactors—480 V

Open NEMA 1

Load Reactor Line Reactor Load Reactor Line Reactor

hp (CT) 3% 5% 3% 5% 3% 5% 3% 5%

0.5 DR2-22D0-03 DR2-22D0-05 DR1-22D2-03 DR1-22D2-05 DR2-22D0-13 DR2-22D0-15 DR1-22D2-13 DR1-22D2-15

1 DR2-24D0-03 DR2-28D0-05 DR1-24D2-03 DR1-24D2-05 DR2-24D0-13 DR2-28D0-15 DR1-24D2-13 DR1-24D2-15

1.5 DR2-28D0-03 DR2-28D0-05 DR1-26D0-03 DR1-26D0-05 DR2-28D0-13 DR2-28D0-15 DR1-26D0-13 DR1-26D0-15

2 DR2-28D0-03 DR2-28D0-05 DR1-26D8-03 DR1-26D8-05 DR2-28D0-13 DR2-28D0-15 DR1-26D8-13 DR1-26D8-15

3 DR2-2012-03 DR2-2012-05 DR1-29D6-03 DR1-29D6-05 DR2-2012-13 DR2-2012-15 DR1-29D6-13 DR1-29D6-15

5 DR2-2018-03 DR2-2018-05 DR1-2015-03 DR1-2015-05 DR2-2018-13 DR2-2018-15 DR1-2015-13 DR1-2015-15

7.5 DR2-2025-03 DR2-2025-05 DR1-2022-03 DR1-2022-05 DR2-2025-13 DR2-2025-15 DR1-2022-13 DR1-2022-15

10 DR2-2035-03 DR2-2035-05 DR1-2028-03 DR1-2028-05 DR2-2035-13 DR2-2035-15 DR1-2028-13 DR1-2028-15

15 DR2-2045-03 DR2-2045-05 DR1-2042-03 DR1-2042-05 DR2-2045-13 DR2-2045-15 DR1-2042-13 DR1-2042-15

Open NEMA 1

Load Reactor Line Reactor Load Reactor Line Reactor

hp (CT) 3% 5% 3% 5% 3% 5% 3% 5%

1 DR2-42D0-03 DR2-42D0-05 DR1-42D1-03 DR1-42D1-05 DR2-42D0-13 DR2-42D0-15 DR1-42D1-13 DR1-42D1-15

2 DR2-44D0-03 DR2-44D0-05 DR1-43D4-03 DR1-43D4-05 DR2-44D0-13 DR2-44D0-15 DR1-43D4-13 DR1-43D4-15

3 DR2-48D0-03 DR2-48D0-05 DR1-44D8-03 DR1-44D8-05 DR2-48D0-13 DR2-48D0-15 DR1-44D8-13 DR1-44D8-15

5 DR2-48D0-03 DR2-48D0-05 DR1-47D6-03 DR1-47D6-05 DR2-48D0-13 DR2-48D0-15 DR1-47D6-13 DR1-47D6-15

7.5 DR2-4012-03 DR2-4012-05 DR1-4011-03 DR1-4011-05 DR2-4012-13 DR2-4012-15 DR1-4011-13 DR1-4011-15

10 DR2-4018-03 DR2-4018-05 DR1-4014-03 DR1-4014-05 DR2-4018-13 DR2-4018-15 DR1-4014-13 DR1-4014-15

15 DR2-4025-03 DR2-4025-05 DR1-4021-03 DR1-4021-05 DR2-4025-13 DR2-4025-15 DR1-4021-13 DR1-4021-15

20 DR2-4025-03 DR2-4025-05 DR1-4027-03 DR1-4027-05 DR2-4025-13 DR2-4025-15 DR1-4027-13 DR1-4027-15

25 DR2-4035-03 DR2-4035-05 DR1-4034-03 DR1-4034-05 DR2-4035-13 DR2-4035-15 DR1-4034-13 DR1-4034-15

30 DR2-4045-03 DR2-4045-05 DR1-4040-03 DR1-4040-05 DR2-4045-13 DR2-4045-15 DR1-4040-13 DR1-4040-15

DR1 –22D0 –05

Device Series

R1 = Line side reactor

R2 = Load side reactor

Basic Naming

D= Drive

Input/Output Voltage

2= 230 V

4= 480 V

Environment Rating

0= Open

1= NEMA 1

Impedance

3= 3%

5= 5%

Current Rating

Examples:

2D0 = 2.0 A

4D0 = 4.0 A

8D0 = 8.0 A

012

= 12 A

Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—February 2016 www.eaton.com V6-T2-21

2.3

Adjustable Frequency Drives

PowerXL DC1 Series Drives

Technical Data and Specifications

DC1 Series

Ratings

PowerXL DC1 Basic Controller IP20 Standard Ratings

Programmable Parameters

Specifications

PowerXL DC1 Series Drives 1

Notes

1Frame size 4 available January 2016.

2Exception: 115 V single-phase in, 230 V three-phase out.

3Only FS2, FS3 and FS4 drives are equipped with brake chopper circuit.

Description Specification

Protections

Overload protection 150% for 60s for every 600 seconds

Overvoltage protection Yes

Undervoltage protection Yes

Ground fault protection Yes

Overtemperature

protection

Yes

Motor overload protection Yes

Motor stall protection Yes

Short-circuit

withstand rating

100 kAIC with Type 1 fuses

Description

Built-in Help card

14 Standard operation parameters

Reference scaling

Programmable start and stop functions

DC-brake at start and stop

Programmable V/Hz curve

Adjustable switching frequency

Autorestart function after fault

Protections and supervisions

Power section fault indication

External fault

Fieldbus communication

Second deceleration time

Analog input range selection, signal scaling and filtering

PI controller

Skip frequencies

Description Specification

Input Ratings

Input voltage (Vin)±10%

Input frequency (fin) 50/60 Hz (variation up to 48–62 Hz)

Connection to power Maximum of one time every 30 seconds

Output Ratings

Output voltage 0 to Vin 2

Continuous output

current

Continuous rated current IN at ambient temperature max.

122 °F (50 °C), 150% for 60 seconds, 175% for 2 seconds

Output frequency 0 to 500 Hz

Frequency resolution 0.1 Hz

Initial output current (IH) 175% for 2s for every 20 seconds

Torque depends on motor

Control Characteristics

Operation mode

U/f control, slip compensation

Switching frequency 4 to 32 kHz

Voltage reference 10 Vdc (max. 10 mA)

Field weakening point 0 to 500 Hz

Acceleration time 0.1 to 600 seconds

Deceleration time 0.1 to 600 seconds

Brake Resistor (Minimum Values) 3

230 V Series FS2 and FS3 47 ohms

400 V Series FS2 100 ohms, FS3 47 ohms

Ambient Conditions

Ambient operating

temperature

+14 °F (–10 °C), no frost to +122 °F (+50 °C): Rated loadability IN

IP20—NEMA 0

Storage temperature –40 °F (–40 °C) to +140 °F (+60 °C)

Relative humidity 0 to 95% RH, noncondensing, non-corrosive, no dripping water

Enclosure class IP20 (FS1–FS4)

V6-T2-22 Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—February 2016 www.eaton.com

2.3

Adjustable Frequency Drives

PowerXL DC1 Series Drives

Standards—DC1 Series

I/O Specifications

●Digital inputs DI1–DI4 are

programmable

●Digital, relay and analog

outputs are programmable

Includes:

●Four inputs (two digital and

two digital/analog)

●Analog inputs

●4–20 mA

●0–10 V

●One output (analog or

digital)

●One relay output

●RS-485 interface

Reliability

●Pretested components

●Computerized testing

●Final test with full load

●Conformal-coated boards

●

Eaton’s Electrical Services &

Systems: national network

of AF drive specialists

DC1 Series I/O Interface

Note

1Programmable function.

Terminal Signal Factory Preset Description

1 +24 Vdc Control voltage for DI1–DI4 — Maximum load 100 mA

Reference potential V

2 DI1 Digital Input 1 Start Enable FWD 8 to +30 V (High, R1 > 6 kΩ)

3 DI2 Digital Input 2 Start Enable REV 8 to +30 V (High, R1 > 6 kΩ)

4 DI3 Digital Input 3 Fixed frequency FF1 Digital: 8–30 V (high)

AI2 Analog Input 2 Fixed frequency FF1 Analog: 0 to +10 V (Ri >72 kΩ)

0/4–20 mA (Rß = 500 Ω)

Can be switched with parameter P16

5 +10 Vdc Reference voltage, Output (+10 V) — Maximum load 10 mA

Reference potential 0 V

6 AI1 Analog Input 1 Frequency reference value 1

(fixed frequency)

Analog: 0 to +10 V (Ri >72 kΩ)

0/4–20 mA (Rß = 500 Ω)

Can be switched with parameter P16

DI4 Digital Input 5 Frequency reference value 1

(fixed frequency)

Digital: 8–30 V (high)

7 0 V Reference potential — 0 V = connection terminal 9

8 AO1 Analog Output 1 Output frequency Analog: 0 to +10 V, maximum 4–20 mA

Can be switched with parameter P-25

DO1 Digital Output 1 Output frequency Digital: 8 to +24 V

9 0 V Reference potential — 0 V connection terminal 7

10 K13 Relay 1, normally open contact Active = RUN Maximum switching load: 250 Vac/6 A or 30 Vdc/5 A

11 K14 Relay 1, normally open contact Active = RUN Maximum switching load: 250 Vac/6 A or 30 Vdc/5 A

DI1 FWD

24V

DI2 REV

DI3

(AI2)

FF1

AI1

(DI4)

f-Soll

+24V Out

< 100 mA

(DO)

f-Out

CPU

0 to +10V/20 mA

Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—February 2016 www.eaton.com V6-T2-23

2.3

Adjustable Frequency Drives

PowerXL DC1 Series Drives

Dimensions

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

DC1, Sizes FS1–FS4, Degree of Protection IP20/NEMA 0

DC1, Sizes FS1–FS3, Degree of Protection IP66/NEMA 4

Note

1Frame size 4 available June 2015.

Frame

Size A A1 B B1 B2 C C1 Ø1Ø2

Weight

lbs (kg)

FS1 3.19 (81.0) 1.97 (50.0) 7.24 (184.0) 6.69 (170.0) 0.28 (7.0) 4.88 (124.0) 0.16 (4.0) 0.24 (6.0) 0.47 (12.0) 2.43 (1.1)

FS2 4.21 (107.0) 2.95 (75.0) 9.09 (231.0) 8.46 (215.0) 0.31 (8.0) 5.98 (152.0) 0.20 (5.0) 0.24 (6.0) 0.47 (12.0) 5.73 (2.6)

FS3 5.16 (131.0) 3.94 (100.0) 10.75 (273.0) 10.04 (255.0) 0.33 (8.5) 6.89 (175.0) 0.20 (5.0) 0.24 (6.0) 0.47 (12.0) 8.82 (4.0)

FS4 16.30 (160.0) — 16.54 (420.0) — — 8.35 (212.0) — — — —

Frame

Size A A1 B B1 B2 C C1 Ø1Ø2

Weight

lbs (kg)

FS1 6.34 (161.0) 5.85 (148.5) 9.13 (232.0) 7.44 (189.0) 0.98 (25.0) 7.24 (184.0) 0.14 (3.5) 0.15 (4.0) 0.31 (8.0) 5.51 (2.5)

FS2 7.40 (188.0) 6.93 (176.0) 10.12 (257.0) 7.87 (200.0) 1.12 (28.5) 7.58 (192.0) 0.14 (3.5) 0.16 (4.2) 0.33 (8.5) 10.36 (4.7)

FS3 8.29 (210.5) 7.78 (197.5) 12.20 (310.0) 9.90 (251.5) 1.31 (33.4) 9.21 (234.0) 0.14 (3.5) 0.16 (4.2) 0.33 (8.5) 17.42 (7.9)

Ø2

Ø1

Ø2

Ø1

A1 C1

V6-T2-24 Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—February 2016 www.eaton.com

2.3

Adjustable Frequency Drives

PowerXL DC1 Series Drives

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

DC1, Sizes FS1–FS3, Degree of Protection IP66/NEMA 4, with Local Controls

Frame

Size A A1 B B1 B2 C C1 Ø1Ø2

Weight

lbs (kg)

FS1 6.34 (161.0) 5.85 (148.5) 9.13 (232.0) 7.44 (189.0) 0.98 (25.0) 7.24 (184.0) 0.14 (3.5) 0.15 (4.0) 0.31 (8.0) 6.17 (2.8)

FS2 7.40 (188.0) 6.93 (176.0) 10.12 (257.0) 7.87 (200.0) 1.12 (28.5) 7.58 (192.0) 0.14 (3.5) 0.16 (4.2) 0.33 (8.5) 11.02 (5.0)

FS3 8.29 (210.5) 7.78 (197.5) 12.20 (310.0) 9.90 (251.5) 1.31 (33.4) 9.21 (234.0) 0.14 (3.5) 0.16 (4.2) 0.33 (8.5) 18.08 (8.2)

Ø2

A C

Ø1

Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—February 2016 www.eaton.com V6-T2-25

2.4

Adjustable Frequency Drives

PowerXL DA1 Series Drives

Contents

Description Page

PowerXL DA1 Series Drives

Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-26

Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-27

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-29

Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-32

Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-34

Product Description

Eaton’s PowerXL

DA1

variable frequency drives are

the next generation of drives

specifically engineered for

today’s machinery

applications.

DA1 is the perfect match for

demanding OEM applications.

High-performance processor,

safe torque off, multiple

fieldbus protocols including

SmartWire-DT, sensorless

vector control and the

possibility

to operate

permanent magnet motors

are sure to leave a lasting

impression.

Models rated at 480 volts,

three-phase, 50/60 Hz are

available in sizes ranging from

1 to 15 hp. Models rated at

240 volts, single- or three-

phase, 50/60 Hz are available

in sizes ranging from 0.5

to 7.5 hp. Models rated at

575 volts, three-phase,

50/60 Hz are available in sizes

ranging from 1 to 20 hp.

Features

●Compact, space-saving

design

●

Rugged and reliable—200%

for 4s 50 °C rated

●DIN rail and screw

mountable (FS1 and FS2)

●Side-by-side installation

●Industry-leading efficiency

delivers energy savings to

the customer

●Integrated EMC filters

make the unit suitable for

commercial and industrial

networks

●Communication cards that

integrate into the drive—

●EtherNet/IP

●DeviceNet

●PROFIBUS-DP

●EtherCAT

●PROFINET

●Modbus TCP

●BACnet

●Brake chopper as standard

●Temperature-controlled fan

●RS-485/Modbus® and

CANopen™ as standard

●PID controller as standard

●SmartWire capability

●Removable I/O terminal

blocks

●Contactor style power

wiring

●200% torque at zero speed

●Designed to run surface

mounted (SPM) and rotor

in-built (IPM) permanent

magnet motors

●PLC programming

●Closed loop

●Conformal coated boards

Standards and

Certifications

Product

●Complies with EN61800-3

(2004)

EMC (At Default Settings)

●EMC Category C1, C2

and C3 at default settings

(1 m, 5 m, 25 m)

Safety 1

●61800-5-1

●EN 60529

●CE

●UL

●cUL

●DNV

●UkrSepro

●c-Tick

●RoHS compliant

Note

1See unit nameplate for more detailed

approvals.

V6-T2-26 Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—February 2016 www.eaton.com

2.4

Adjustable Frequency Drives

PowerXL DA1 Series Drives

Catalog Number Selection

DA1 Series Adjustable Frequency AC Drives

DA1 -1 24D1 F B -A 20 C

Rated

Operational Current

Examples—

2D2 = 2.2 A

4D1 = 4.1 A

024 = 24 A

Type

C= Coated printed circuit boards

Degree of Protection

20 = IP20/NEMA 0

66 = IP66/NEMA 4/4X

6S = IP66 with disconnect/NEMA 4/4X

Device Series

DA1 = Variable frequency drive, compact, Series 1

(D = Drives, A = Advanced, 1 = Series 1)

Connection in Power Section

1= Single-phase mains connection/three-phase motor connection

3= Three-phase mains connection/three-phase motor connection

Mains Voltage Category

2= 230 V (200–240 V ±10%)

4= 400 V (380–480 V ±10%)

5= 575 V (500–600 V ±10%)

Display Unit (Display)

A= LED display (IP20 only)

B= OLED display (IP66 only)

Brake Chopper

B= Brake chopper

EMC (Radio Interference Suppression Filter)

F= Internal RFI filter

Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—February 2016 www.eaton.com V6-T2-27

2.4

Adjustable Frequency Drives

PowerXL DA1 Series Drives

Product Selection

DA1 Series IP20 Enclosure Drives 1

Notes

1 These are constant torque/high overload rated drives.

2 For all applications, select the unit such that the motor current is less than or equal to the rated continuous output current.

3 Brake chopper circuit available as standard in frames 2 and 3.

hp 2kW Volts

100% Continuous

Current In (A)

Frame

Size 3Catalog Number

1 0.75 200–240 V single-phase in/

230 V three-phase out

4.3 2 DA1-124D3FB-A20C

21.5 7 2 DA1-127D0FB-A20C

32.2 10.5 2 DA1-12011FB-A20C

1 0.75 200–240 V three-phase in/

230 V three-phase out

4.3 2 DA1-324D3FB-A20C

21.5 7 2 DA1-327D0FB-A20C

32.2 10.5 2 DA1-32011FB-A20C

54 18 3 DA1-32018FB-A20C

7.5 5.5 24 3 DA1-32024FB-A20C

1 0.75 380–480 V three-phase in/

460 V three-phase out

2.2 2 DA1-342D2FB-A20C

21.5 4.1 2 DA1-344D1FB-A20C

32.2 5.8 2 DA1-345D8FB-A20C

54 9.5 2 DA1-349D5FB-A20C

7.5 5.5 14 3 DA1-34014FB-A20C

10 7.5 18 3 DA1-34018FB-A20C

15 11 24 3 DA1-34024FB-A20C

1 0.75 500–600 V three-phase in/

575 V three-phase out

2.1 2 DA1-352D1NB-A20C

24.5 3.1 2 DA1-353D1NB-A20C

32.2 4.1 2 DA1-354D1NB-A20C

54 6.5 2 DA1-356D5NB-A20C

7.5 5.5 9 2 DA1-359D0NB-A20C

10 7.5 12 3 DA1-35012NB-A20C

15 11 17 3 DA1-35017NB-A20C

20 15 22 3 DA1-35022NB-A20C

IP20

V6-T2-28 Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—February 2016 www.eaton.com

2.4

Adjustable Frequency Drives

PowerXL DA1 Series Drives

IP66 NEMA 4/4X Interior

DA1 Drive

The IP66 version of the

DA1 is a unique solution to

allow for mounting the drive

outside of a control panel or

next to a motor for distributed

control.

“-B66C” Option

This version comes with the

OLED keypad. There are no

additional cover controls to

address security concerns.

“-B6SC” Option

This version has an integrated

potentiometer, a forward/off/

reverse switch and a

disconnect switch with lock-

off capability with the

OLED keypad. This allows

for reduced labor and

materials when compared

to a IP20 solution in

separate enclosure.

DA1 Series IP66 Enclosure Drives 1

IP66 NEMA 4/4X Interior DA1 Drive

Notes

1 These are constant torque/high overload rated drives.

2 For all applications, select the unit such that the motor current is less than or equal to the rated continuous output current.

3 Brake chopper circuit available as standard in frames 2 and 3.

4 Non-disconnect version available. Substitute with -B66C.

hp 2kW Volts

100% Continuous

Current In (A)

Frame

Size 3Catalog Number

1 0.75 200–240 V single-phase in/

230 V three-phase out

4.3 2 DA1-124D3FB-B6SC 4

21.5 7 2 DA1-127D0FB-B6SC 4

32.2 10.5 2 DA1-12011FB-B6SC 4

1 0.75 200–240 V three-phase in/

230 V three-phase out

4.3 2 DA1-324D3FB-B6SC 4

21.5 7 2 DA1-327D0FB-B6SC 4

32.2 10.5 2 DA1-32011FB-B6SC 4

54 18 3 DA1-32018FB-B6SC 4

1 0.75 380–480 V three-phase in/

460 V three-phase out

2.2 2 DA1-342D2FB-B6SC 4

21.5 4.1 2 DA1-344D1FB-B6SC 4

32.2 5.8 2 DA1-345D8FB-B6SC 4

54 9.5 2 DA1-349D5FB-B6SC 4

7.5 5.5 14 3 DA1-34014FB-B6SC 4

10 7.5 18 3 DA1-34018FB-B6SC 4

1 0.75 500–600 V three-phase in/

575 V three-phase out

2.1 2 DA1-352D1NB-B6SC

24.5 3.1 2 DA1-353D1NB-B6SC

32.2 4.1 2 DA1-354D1NB-B6SC

54 6.5 2 DA1-356D5NB-B6SC

7.5 5.5 9 2 DA1-359D0NB-B6SC

10 7.5 12 3 DA1-35012NB-B6SC

15 11 17 3 DA1-35017NB-B6SC

IP66

IP66S

Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—February 2016 www.eaton.com V6-T2-29

2.4

Adjustable Frequency Drives

PowerXL DA1 Series Drives

Accessories

DA1 Series

PC Communication Kit and Copy/Paste Module

Optional Communication Modules

Encoder Feedback Plug-In Option Module

and Miscellaneous Cards

Remote Keypad

Extension Cables and Data Cable Splitter

SmartWire Modules

Note

1Includes 1 m RS-485 data cable.

Description Catalog Number

Bluetooth copy/paste communication stick DX-COM-STICK

USB to RJ45 panel mount kit DX-COM-PCKIT

USB to RJ45 PC Tool cable DX-CBL-PC-3M0

Description Catalog Number

DeviceNet plug-in interface module DX-NET-DEVICENET

PROFIBUS-DP plug-in interface module DX-NET-PROFIBUS

EtherNet/IP plug-in interface module DX-NET-ETHERNET-2

EtherCAT plug-in interface module DX-NET-ETHERCAT-2

PROFINET plug-in interface module DX-NET-PROFINET-2

Modbus TCP plug-in interface module DX-NET-MODBUSTCP-2

BACnet plug-in interface module DX-NET-BACNETIP-2

Description Catalog Number

Expansion card: 3 relay outputs DXA-EXT-3RO

Encoder feedback plug-in option module DXA-EXT-ENCOD

Expansion card: 3 digital inputs and 1 relay output DXA-EXT-3DI1RO

Description Catalog Number

LED remote keypad—7-segment display, IP54 rated DX-KEY-LED 1

OLED remote keypad—full text display, multi-line text,

multi-language, IP54, hand/auto

DX-KEY-OLED 1

Description Catalog Number

RJ45 communication cable w/terminating resistor EASY-NT-R

RS-485 data cable, RJ45, 0.5 m DX-CBL-RJ45-0M5

RS-485 data cable, RJ45, 1.0 m DX-CBL-RJ45-1M0

RS-485 data cable, RJ45, 3.0 m DX-CBL-RJ45-3M0

RS-485 three-way data cable splitter, RJ45 DX-SPL-RJ45-3SL

RS-485 data cable splitter, RJ45, (1 connector to 2 socket) DX-SPL-RJ45-2SL1PL

Description Catalog Number

SmartWire-DT interface for DA1 IP20 DX-NET-SWD1

V6-T2-30 Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—February 2016 www.eaton.com

2.4

Adjustable Frequency Drives

PowerXL DA1 Series Drives

Line and Load Reactors

A line and load reactor is a

three-phase inductance filter

that can be placed on the line

and load side of the AFD to

help improve the harmonic

performance of the system.

Consult the factory for

additional filtering options and

further technical details.

DR1 Line Reactor

A line reactor helps to provide

a moderate reduction in

current harmonics similar to a

DC choke. It also provides

increased input protection for

AFD and its semiconductors

from line transients helping to

extend the life of the AFD.

DR2 Output Reactor

An output filter is used to

reduce the transient voltage

(dV/dt) at the motor terminals.

The output filter is

recommended for cable

lengths exceeding 100 ft

(30 m) with a drive of 3 hp

and above and for cable

lengths of 33 ft (10 m) with a

drive of 2 hp and below.

Line and Load Reactors—Catalog Number Selection

Line and Load Reactors—230 V

Open NEMA 1

Load Reactor Line Reactor Load Reactor Line Reactor

hp (CT) 3% 5% 3% 5% 3% 5% 3% 5%

1 DR2-24D0-03 DR2-28D0-05 DR1-24D2-03 DR1-24D2-05 DR2-24D0-13 DR2-28D0-15 DR1-24D2-13 DR1-24D2-15

2 DR2-28D0-03 DR2-28D0-05 DR1-26D8-03 DR1-26D8-05 DR2-28D0-13 DR2-28D0-15 DR1-26D8-13 DR1-26D8-15

3 DR2-2012-03 DR2-2012-05 DR1-29D6-03 DR1-29D6-05 DR2-2012-13 DR2-2012-15 DR1-29D6-13 DR1-29D6-15

5 DR2-2018-03 DR2-2018-05 DR1-2015-03 DR1-2015-05 DR2-2018-13 DR2-2018-15 DR1-2015-13 DR1-2015-15

7.5 DR2-2025-03 DR2-2025-05 DR1-2022-03 DR1-2022-05 DR2-2025-13 DR2-2025-15 DR1-2022-13 DR1-2022-15

DR1 –22D0 –05

Device Series

R1 = Line side reactor

R2 = Load side reactor

Basic Naming

D= Drive

Input/Output Voltage

2= 230 V

4= 460 V

5= 575 V

Environment Rating

0= Open

1= NEMA 1

Impedance

3= 3%

5= 5%

Current Rating

Examples:

2D0 = 2.0 A

4D0 = 4.0 A

8D0 = 8.0 A

012

= 12 A

Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—February 2016 www.eaton.com V6-T2-31

2.4

Adjustable Frequency Drives

PowerXL DA1 Series Drives

Line and Load Reactors—480 V

Line and Load Reactors—575 V

Open NEMA 1

Load Reactor Line Reactor Load Reactor Line Reactor

hp (CT) 3% 5% 3% 5% 3% 5% 3% 5%

1 DR2-42D0-03 DR2-42D0-05 DR1-42D1-03 DR1-42D1-05 DR2-42D0-13 DR2-42D0-15 DR1-42D1-13 DR1-42D1-15

2 DR2-44D0-03 DR2-44D0-05 DR1-43D4-03 DR1-43D4-05 DR2-44D0-13 DR2-44D0-15 DR1-43D4-13 DR1-43D4-15

3 DR2-48D0-03 DR2-48D0-05 DR1-44D8-03 DR1-44D8-05 DR2-48D0-13 DR2-48D0-15 DR1-44D8-13 DR1-44D8-15

5 DR2-48D0-03 DR2-48D0-05 DR1-47D6-03 DR1-47D6-05 DR2-48D0-13 DR2-48D0-15 DR1-47D6-13 DR1-47D6-15

7.5 DR2-4012-03 DR2-4012-05 DR1-4011-03 DR1-4011-05 DR2-4012-13 DR2-4012-15 DR1-4011-13 DR1-4011-15

10 DR2-4018-03 DR2-4018-05 DR1-4014-03 DR1-4014-05 DR2-4018-13 DR2-4018-15 DR1-4014-13 DR1-4014-15

15 DR2-4025-03 DR2-4025-05 DR1-4021-03 DR1-4021-05 DR2-4025-13 DR2-4025-15 DR1-4021-13 DR1-4021-15

Open NEMA 1

Load Reactor Line Reactor Load Reactor Line Reactor

hp (CT) 3% 5% 3% 5% 3% 5% 3% 5%

1 DR2-52D0-03 DR2-52D0-05 DR1-51D7-03 DR1-51D7-05 DR2-52D0-13 DR2-52D0-15 DR1-51D7-13 DR1-51D7-15

2 DR2-54D0-03 DR2-54D0-05 DR1-52D7-03 DR1-52D7-05 DR2-54D0-13 DR2-54D0-15 DR1-52D7-13 DR1-52D7-15

3 DR2-54D0-03 DR2-54D0-05 DR1-53D9-03 DR1-53D9-05 DR2-54D0-13 DR2-54D0-15 DR1-53D9-13 DR1-53D9-15

5 DR2-58D0-03 DR2-58D0-05 DR1-56D1-03 DR1-56D1-05 DR2-58D0-13 DR2-58D0-15 DR1-56D1-13 DR1-56D1-15

7.5 DR2-58D0-03 DR2-58D0-05 DR1-59D0-03 DR1-59D0-05 DR2-58D0-13 DR2-58D0-15 DR1-59D0-13 DR1-59D0-15

10 DR2-5012-03 DR2-5012-05 DR1-5011-03 DR1-5011-05 DR2-5012-13 DR2-5012-15 DR1-5011-13 DR1-5011-15

15 DR2-5018-03 DR2-5018-05 DR1-5017-03 DR1-5017-05 DR2-5018-13 DR2-5018-15 DR1-5017-13 DR1-5017-15

20 DR2-5025-03 DR2-5025-05 DR1-5022-03 DR1-5022-05 DR2-5025-13 DR2-5025-15 DR1-5022-13 DR1-5022-15

V6-T2-32 Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—February 2016 www.eaton.com

2.4

Adjustable Frequency Drives

PowerXL DA1 Series Drives

Technical Data and Specifications

DA1 Series

Ratings

PowerXL DA1 Basic Controller IP20 Standard Ratings

Programmable Parameters

Specifications

PowerXL DA1 Series Drives

Notes

1Exception: 115 V single-phase in, 230 V three-phase out.

2Only FS2 and FS3 drives are equipped with brake chopper circuit.

Description Specification

Protections

Overload protection 150% for 60s for every 600 seconds

Overvoltage protection Yes

Undervoltage protection Yes

Ground fault protection Yes

Overtemperature

protection

Yes

Motor overload protection Yes

Motor stall protection Yes

Short-circuit

withstand rating

100 kAIC with Type 1 fuses

Description

Built-in Help card

14 Standard operation parameters

Reference scaling

Programmable start and stop functions

DC-brake at start and stop

Programmable V/Hz curve

Adjustable switching frequency

Autorestart function after fault

Protections and supervisions

Power section fault indication

External fault

Fieldbus communication

Safe torque off (STO) function

Analog input range selection, signal scaling and filtering

PI controller

Skip frequencies

Description Specification

Input Ratings

Input voltage (Vin)±10%

Input frequency (fin) 50/60 Hz (variation up to 48–62 Hz)

Connection to power Maximum of one time every 30 seconds

Output Ratings

Output voltage 0 to Vin 1

Continuous output

current

Continuous rated current IN at ambient temperature

max. 122 °F (50 °C), 150% for 60 seconds, 200% for 4 seconds

Output frequency 0 to 500 Hz

Frequency resolution 0.1 Hz

Initial output current (IH) 200% for 4s for every 40 seconds

Torque depends on motor

Control Characteristics

Operation mode

U/f control, slip compensation, sensorless vector control (SLV),

vector control with feedback (CLV)

Switching frequency 4 to 32 kHz

Voltage reference 10 Vdc (max. 10 mA)

Field weakening point 0 to 500 Hz

Acceleration time 0.1 to 600 seconds

Deceleration time 0.1 to 600 seconds

Brake Resistor (Minimum Values) 2

230 V Series FS2 and FS3 15 ohms

400 V Series FS2 33 ohms, FS3 22 ohms

Ambient Conditions

Ambient operating

temperature

+14 °F (–10 °C), no frost to +122 °F (+50 °C): Rated loadability IN

IP20—NEMA 0

Storage temperature –40 °F (–40 °C) to +140 °F (+60 °C)

Relative humidity 0 to 95% RH, noncondensing, non-corrosive, no dripping water

Enclosure class IP20 (FS2 and FS3)

Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—February 2016 www.eaton.com V6-T2-33

2.4

Adjustable Frequency Drives

PowerXL DA1 Series Drives

Standards—DA1 Series

I/O Specifications

●Digital inputs DI1–DI5 are

programmable

●Digital, relay and analog

outputs are programmable

Includes:

●Five inputs (three digital

and two digital/analog)

●Analog inputs

●4–20 mA

●0–10 V

●Two outputs (analog or

digital)

●Two relay outputs

●RS-485 interface

Reliability

●Pretested components

●Computerized testing

●Final test with full load

●Conformal-coated boards

●

Eaton’s Electrical Services &

Systems: national network

of AF drive specialists

DA1 Series I/O Interface

Note

1Programmable function.

Terminal Signal Factory Preset Description

1 +24 Vdc Control voltage for DI1–DI5 — Maximum load 100 mA

Reference potential V

2 DI1 Digital Input 1 Start Enable FWD 18 to +30 V (High, R1 > 6 kΩ)

3 DI2 Digital Input 2 Start Enable REV 18 to +30 V (High, R1 > 6 kΩ)

4 DI3 Digital Input 3 Fixed frequency FF1/FF2 18 to +30 V (High, R1 > 6 kΩ)

5 +10 Vdc Reference voltage, Output (+10 V) — Maximum load 10 mA

Reference potential 0 V

6 AI1 Analog Input 1 Frequency reference value 1Analog: 0 to +10 V (Ri >72 kΩ)

0/4–20 mA (Ri = 500 Ω)

Can be switched with parameter P2-30

DI4 Digital Input 5 Frequency reference value 1Digital: 8–30 V (high)

7 0 V Reference potential — 0 V = connection terminal 9

8 AO1 Analog Output 1 Output frequency Analog: 0 to +10 V, maximum 20 mA

Can be switched with parameter P2-11

DO1 Digital Output 1 Output frequency Digital: 8–24 V

9 0 V Reference potential — 0 V connection terminal 7

10 DI4 Digital Input 4 Fixed frequency FF2 1Analog: 0 to +10 V (Ri >72 kΩ)

0/4–20 mA (Ri = 500 Ω)

Can be switched with parameter P2-30

AI2 Analog Input 2 Fixed frequency FF2 1Digital: 8–30 V (high)

11 AO2 Analog output 2 Output current 1Analog: 0 to +10 V, maximum 4–20 mA

Can be switched with parameter P2-11

DO2 Digital output 2 Output current 1Digital: 8–24 V

12 STO+ Safe Torque Off + — Enable = +24 V

13 STO- Safe Torque Off – — Enable = 0 V

14 K11 Relay 1, changeover contact Active = FAULT 1Maximum switching load: 250 Vac/6 A or 30 Vdc/5 A

15 K14 Relay 1, changeover contact (N/O) Active = FAULT 1Maximum switching load: 250 Vac/6 A or 30 Vdc/5 A

16 K12 Relay 1, changeover contact (N/C) Active = FAULT 1Maximum switching load: 250 Vac/6 A or 30 Vdc/5 A

17 K23 Relay 2, N/O contact Active = FAULT 1Maximum switching load: 250 Vac/6 A or 30 Vdc/5 A

18 K24 Relay 2, N/C contact Active = FAULT 1Maximum switching load: 250 Vac/6 A or 30 Vdc/5 A

DI1 FWD

+24V

DI3 FF1/FF2

DI2 REV

DI4

(AI2)

FF2

+24V Out

< 100 mA

AI1

(DI5)

CPU

AO1

(DO1)

f-Out

0 to +10V/20 mA

f-Soll

0 to +10V/20 mA

AO2

(DO2)

A-Out

0 to +10V/20 mA

V6-T2-34 Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—February 2016 www.eaton.com

2.4

Adjustable Frequency Drives

PowerXL DA1 Series Drives

Dimensions

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

DA1, Sizes FS2 and FS3, Degree of Protection IP20/NEMA 0

DA1, Sizes FS2 and FS3, Degree of Protection IP66/NEMA 4

Frame

Size A A1 B B1 B2 C C1 Ø1Ø2

Weight

lbs (kg)

FS2 4.21 (107.0) 2.95 (75.0) 9.09 (231.0) 8.46 (215.0) 0.31 (8.0) 7.32 (186.0) 0.20 (5.0) 0.24 (6.0) 0.47 (12.0) 3.97 (1.8)

FS3 5.16 (131.0) 3.94 (100.0) 10.75 (273.0) 10.04 (255.0) 0.33 (8.5) 8.03 (204.0) 0.20 (5.0) 0.24 (6.0) 0.47 (12.0) 7.72 (3.5)

Frame

Size A A1 B B1 B2 C C1 Ø1Ø2

Weight

lbs (kg)

FS2 7.40 (188.0) 6.93 (176.0) 10.12 (257.0) 7.87 (200.0) 0.79 (20.0) 9.42 (239.3) 0.14 (3.5) 0.16 (4.2) 0.33 (8.5) 10.4 (4.5)

FS3 8.29 (211.0) 7.78 (198.0) 12.20 (310.0) 9.90 (252.0) 0.98 (25.0) 10.48 (266.3) 0.14 (3.5) 0.16 (4.2) 0.33 (8.5) 15.9 (7.0)

Ø2

Ø1

Ø2

Ø1

A1 C1

Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—February 2016 www.eaton.com V6-T2-35

2.4

Adjustable Frequency Drives

PowerXL DA1 Series Drives

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

DA1, Sizes FS2 and FS3, Degree of Protection IP66/NEMA 4, with Local Controls

Frame

Size A A1 B B1 B2 C C1 Ø1Ø2

Weight

lbs (kg)

FS2 7.40 (188.0) 6.93 (176.0) 10.12 (257.0) 7.87 (200.0) 0.79 (20.0) 9.42 (239.3) 0.14 (3.5) 0.16 (4.2) 0.33 (8.5) 10.6 (4.8)

FS3 8.29 (211.0) 7.78 (198.0) 12.20 (310.0) 9.90 (252.0) 0.98 (25.0) 10.48 (266.3) 0.14 (3.5) 0.16 (4.2) 0.33 (8.5) 16.1 (7.3)

Ø2

C1A1

A C

Ø1

V6-T2-36 Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—February 2016 www.eaton.com

2.5

Adjustable Frequency Drives

M-Max Series Drives

M-Max Series Drives for Machinery Applications

Contents

Description Page

M-Max Series Drives

Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-37

Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-37

Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-38

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-39

Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-42

Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V6-T2-44

Product Description

Eaton’s M-Max™ Series

Sensorless Vector Adjustable

Frequency AC Drives are

the next generation of drives

specifically engineered

for today’s machinery

applications. These micro-

processor-based drives have

standard features that can be

programmed to tailor the

drive’s performance to suit a

wide variety of application

requirements. The M-Max

product line uses a 32-bit

microprocessor and insulated

gate bipolar transistors

(IGBTs) that provide quiet

motor operation, high motor

efficiency, and smooth low-

speed performance. The size

and simplicity of the M-Max

make it ideal for hassle-free

installation. Models rated at

575 volts, three-phase,

50/60 Hz are available in sizes

ranging from 1 to 7-1/2 hp.

Models rated at 480 volts,

three-phase, 50/60 Hz

are available in sizes ranging

from 1/2 to 25 hp. Models

rated at 240 volts, single- or

three-phase, 50/60 Hz are

available in sizes ranging from

1/4 to 15 hp. Models rated

at 115 volts, single-phase,

50/60 Hz are available in the

1/4 to 1-1/2 hp size range.

The standard drive includes a

digital display, and operating

and programming keys on a

visually appealing, efficient

application programming

interface. The display

provides drive monitoring, as

well as adjustment and

diagnostic information. The

keys are used for digital

adjustment and programming

of the drive, as well as for

operator control. Separate

terminal blocks for control

and power wiring are

provided for customer

connections.

Features

●Ease of use—preset

application macros, startup

wizard, diagnostic

capabilities

●Compact, space-saving

design

●Rugged and reliable—

150% torque for one

minute, 50C rated,

conformal coated boards

●DIN rail and screw

mountable

●Side-by-side installation

●Industry leading efficiency

delivers energy savings to

the customer

●Integrated 5% DC choke

(FS4 and FS5)

●Integrated EMC filters

make the unit suitable for

commercial and industrial

networks

●IP21 as standard, option

for NEMA® 1 (FS4 and FS5)

●IP20 as standard, option

for IP21 and NEMA 1

(FS1–FS3)

●Brake chopper as standard

in three-phase, applications

of frames 2 (FS2) and

larger

●Temperature-controlled fan

●RS-485/Modbus® as

standard

●PID controller as standard

●Several fieldbus options

●PROFIBUS

●DeviceNet

●CANopen

Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—February 2016 www.eaton.com V6-T2-37

2.5

Adjustable Frequency Drives

M-Max Series Drives

Standards and Certifications

Product

●Complies with EN61800-3

(2004)

Safety 1

●61800-5-1

●EN60204-1

●CE

●UL

●cUL

●IEC

●RoHS compliant

EMC (At Default Settings)

●EMC Category C2, C3, and

C4 (Level H): With an

internal RFI filter option

Note

1See unit nameplate for more detailed

approvals.

Catalog Number Selection

Software

Designation Series

Description

MMX = Base catalog number

MMX 11AA 1D1 F0–0

Phase

1= Single-phase

3= Three-phase

Voltage

1= 120 V

2= 230 V

4= 480 V

5= 575 V

Output Current

1D6 =1.6 A

010 = 10 A

EMC Filter

F= Filter

N= No filter

Enclosure Class

0 = NEMA 0 or IP20

Option

0 = Full version

V6-T2-38 Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—February 2016 www.eaton.com

2.5

Adjustable Frequency Drives

M-Max Series Drives

Product Selection

M-Max Basic Controller

Notes

1 Horsepower ratings are based on the use of a 240 V, 460 V, and 575 V NEMA B, four- or six-pole squirrel cage induction motor and are for reference only.

Units are to be selected such that the motor current is less than or equal to the MMX rated continuous output current.

2 For 208 V, 380 V, or 415 V applications, select the unit such that the motor current is less than or equal to the MMX rated continuous output current.

3 For EMC filtered unit, replace “N0-0” with “F0-0”.

4 EMC filters are not available on MMX11 units.

5 All 575 V units come with EMC filter standard.

hp 1Volts 2

100% Continuous

Current IN (A)

Nominal Input

Current (A)

Frame

Size Catalog Number 3

1/4 100–120 V single-phase in

230 V three-phase out

1.7 9.2 FS2 MMX11AA1D7N0-0 4

1/2 2.4 11.6 MMX11AA2D4N0-0 4

3/4 2.8 12.4 MMX11AA2D8N0-0 4

13.715MMX11AA3D7N0-0 4

1-1/2 4.8 16.5 FS3 MMX11AA4D8N0-0 4

1/4 200–240 V single-phase in

230 V three-phase out

1.7 4.2 FS1 MMX12AA1D7N0-0

1/2 2.4 5.7 MMX12AA2D4N0-0

3/4 2.8 6.6 MMX12AA2D8N0-0

13.78.3FS2MMX12AA3D7N0-0

1-1/2 4.8 11.2 MMX12AA4D8N0-0

2714.1MMX12AA7D0N0-0

3 9.6 15.8 FS3 MMX12AA9D6N0-0

1/4 200–240 V three-phase in

230 V three-phase out

1.7 2.7 FS1 MMX32AA1D7N0-0

1/2 2.4 3.5 MMX32AA2D4N0-0

3/4 2.8 3.8 MMX32AA2D8N0-0

13.74.3FS2MMX32AA3D7N0-0

1-1/2 4.8 6.8 MMX32AA4D8N0-0

278.4MMX32AA7D0N0-0

31113.4FS3MMX32AA011N0-0

5 1717FS4MMX32AA017N0-0

7-1/2 25 25 MMX32AA025N0-0

10 31 31 FS5 MMX32AA031N0-0

15 38 38 MMX32AA038N0-0

1/2 380–480 V three-phase in

460 V three-phase out

1.3 2.2 FS1 MMX34AA1D3N0-0

3/4 1.9 2.8 MMX34AA1D9N0-0

12.43.2MMX34AA2D4N0-0

1-1/2 3.3 4 FS2 MMX34AA3D3N0-0

24.35.6MMX34AA4D3N0-0

35.67.3MMX34AA5D6N0-0

47.69.6FS3MMX34AA7D6N0-0

5911.5MMX34AA9D0N0-0

7-1/2 12 14.9 MMX34AA012N0-0

10 14 18.7 MMX34AA014N0-0

10 16 16 FS4 MMX34AA016N0-0

15 23 23 MMX34AA023N0-0

20 31 31 FS5 MMX34AA031N0-0

25 38 38 MMX34AA038N0-0

1 575 V three-phase in

575 V three-phase out

1.7 2.0 FS3 MMX35AA1D7N0-0 5

22.73.6MMX35AA2D7N0-0 5

33.95.0MMX35AA3D9N0-0 5

56.17.6MMX35AA6D1N0-0 5

7-1/2 9.0 10.4 MMX35AA9D0N0-0 5

M-Max

Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—February 2016 www.eaton.com V6-T2-39

2.5

Adjustable Frequency Drives

M-Max Series Drives

Accessories

M-Max Copy/Paste Module

PC Cable

NEMA Type 1 Kits 1

Optional Communication Modules

Network cards require communication adapter.

Remote Keypad 3

There are three components needed for a full remote keypad.

Notes

1NEMA Type 1 kit provides conduit entry plate.

2Requires communication adapter kit.

3All three components are required for remote keypad operation.

Description Catalog Number

Module is plugged onto the front of the drive to provide: upload/download of all parameters, direct

link to a PC via USB interface for parameter assignment via MaxConnect software, and copying of

parameters for a series of devices or when exchanging devices. No PC required

MMX-COM-PC

Description Catalog Number

Remote download USB to RJ-45 cable with software driver disk REM-USB-DOWN

Description Catalog Number

NEMA Type 1 and IP21 kit for frame 1 MMX-IP21-FS1

NEMA Type 1 and IP21 kit for frame 2 MMX-IP21-FS2

NEMA Type 1 and IP21 kit for frame 3 MMX-IP21-FS3

NEMA Type 1 for frame 4 MMX-CKIT-FS4

NEMA Type 1 for frame 5 MMX-CKIT-FS5

Description Catalog Number

Communication adapter kit (FS1–FS3) MMX-NET-XA

Communication adapter kit (FS4 and FS5) MMX-NET-XA-45

PROFIBUS DP network card with serial connection 2XMX-NET-PS-A

PROFIBUS DP network card with Sub-D connection 2XMX-NET-PD-A

DeviceNet network card 2XMX-NET-DN-A

CANopen network card 2XMX-NET-CO-A

Description Catalog Number

Bezel and cable OPTRMT-BP-HMAX 3

Remote copy/paste keypad MMX-REMKEY-TEXT 3

VFD adapter MMX-ADAPTER-RJ45 3

V6-T2-40 Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—February 2016 www.eaton.com

2.5

Adjustable Frequency Drives

M-Max Series Drives

Line and Load Reactors

A line and load reactor is a

three-phase inductance filter

that can be placed on the line

and load side of the AFD to

help improve the harmonic

performance of the system.

Consult the factory for

additional filtering options and

further technical details.

DR1 Line Reactor

A line reactor helps to provide

a moderate reduction in

current harmonics similar to a

DC choke. It also provides

increased input protection for

AFD and its semiconductors

from line transients helping to

extend the life of the AFD.

DR2 Output Reactor

An output filter is used to

reduce the transient voltage

(dV/dt) at the motor terminals.

The output filter is

recommended for cable

lengths exceeding 100 ft

(30 m) with a drive of 3 hp

and above and for cable

lengths of 33 ft (10 m) with a

drive of 2 hp and below.

Line and Load Reactors—Catalog Number Selection

Line and Load Reactors—230 V

Open NEMA 1

Load Reactor Line Reactor Load Reactor Line Reactor

hp (CT) 3% 5% 3% 5% 3% 5% 3% 5%

0.33 DR2-22D0-03 DR2-22D0-05 DR1-21D7-03 DR1-21D7-05 DR2-22D0-13 DR2-22D0-15 DR1-21D7-13 DR1-21D7-15

0.5 DR2-22D0-03 DR2-22D0-05 DR1-22D2-03 DR1-22D2-05 DR2-22D0-13 DR2-22D0-15 DR1-22D2-13 DR1-22D2-15

0.75 DR2-24D0-03 DR2-24D0-05 DR1-23D2-03 DR1-23D2-05 DR2-24D0-13 DR2-24D0-15 DR1-23D2-13 DR1-23D2-15